RELEASE_NOTES revision 98121
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1336 2002/06/03 13:21:25 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 10 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 11 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 12 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 13 section of the top level README for more information. 14 Problem noted by lumpy. 15 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 16 instead of 0644. 17 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 18 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 19 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 20 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 21 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 22 Purdue University. 23 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 24 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 25 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 26 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 27 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 28 of Active State. 29 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 30 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 31 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 32 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 33 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 34 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 35 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 36 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 37 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 38 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 39 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 40 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 41 or the queue. 42 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 43 user who started sendmail. 44 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 45 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 46 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 47 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 48 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 49 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 50 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 51 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 52 Portability: 53 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 54 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 55 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 56 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 57 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 58 Charles University in Prague. 59 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 60 memory. 61 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 62 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 63 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 64 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 65 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 66 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 67 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 68 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 69 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 70 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 71 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 72 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 73 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 74 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 75 noted by Bryan Costales. 76 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 77 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 78 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 79 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 80 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 81 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 82 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 83 match dnsbl change. 84 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 85 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 86 installing the sendmail statistics file. 87 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 88 a user's filter starts other applications. 89 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 90 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 91 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 92 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 93 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 94 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 95 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 96 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 97 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 98 noted by Bryan Costales. 99 New Files: 100 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 101 1028.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 103 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 104 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 105 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 106 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 107 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 108 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 109 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 110 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 111 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 112 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 113 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 114 University. 115 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 116 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 117 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 118 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 119 of INTERMETA. 120 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 121 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 122 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 123 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 124 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 125 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 126 ActiveState. 127 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 128 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 129 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 130 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 131 Northern Illinois University. 132 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 133 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 134 of Dinoex. 135 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 136 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 137 Polytechnic Institute. 138 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 139 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 140 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 141 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 142 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 143 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 144 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 145 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 146 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 147 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 148 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 149 missing arguments. 150 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 151 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 152 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 153 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 154 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 155 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 156 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 157 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 158 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 159 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 160 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 161 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 162 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 163 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 164 of Concordia University. 165 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 166 found by Mario Nigrovic. 167 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 168 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 169 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 170 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 171 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 172 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 173 Elvers. 174 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 175 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 176 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 177 total number of TCP connections. 178 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 179 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 180 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 181 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 182 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 183 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 184 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 185 Texas. 186 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 187 to 451. 188 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 189 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 190 patch by Bryan Costales. 191 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 192 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 193 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 194 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 195 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 196 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 197 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 198 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 199 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 200 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 201 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 202 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 203 command). 204 Portability: 205 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 206 available. 207 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 208 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 209 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 210 Skyrr. 211 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 212 noted by John Beck. 213 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 214 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 215 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 216 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 217 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 218 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 219 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 220 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 221 error. 222 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 223 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 224 Krzysztof Oledzki. 225 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 226 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 227 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 228 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 229 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 230 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 231 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 232 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 233 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 234 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 235 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 236 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 237 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 238 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 239 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 240 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 241 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 242 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 243 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 244 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 245 noted by John Beck. 246 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 247 if queue groups are used. 248 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 249 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 250 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 251 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 252 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 253 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 254 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 255 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 256 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 257 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 258 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 259 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 260 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 261 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 262 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 263 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 264 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 265 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 266 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 267 ldap_memfree(). 268 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 269 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 270 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 271 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 272 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 273 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 274 San Francisco. 275 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 276 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 277 Joe Barbish. 278 New Files: 279 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 280 2818.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 282 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 283 at startup, only log an error message. 284 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 285 following -b) has been specified. 286 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 287 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 288 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 289 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 290 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 291 Regensburg. 292 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 293 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 294 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 295 Institute of Mining and Technology. 296 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 297 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 298 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 299 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 300 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 301 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 302 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 303 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 304 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 305 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 306 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 307 SMTP connections. 308 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 309 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 310 and Technology. 311 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 312 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 313 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 314 Meteorological Institute. 315 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 316 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 317 Online. 318 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 319 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 320 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 321 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 322 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 323 types, respectively. 324 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 325 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 326 of Virginia Tech. 327 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 328 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 329 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 330 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 331 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 332 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 333 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 334 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 335 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 336 of Vienna. 337 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 338 of Sun Microsystems. 339 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 340 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 341 with servers that do not support realms when using 342 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 343 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 344 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 345 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 346 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 347 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 348 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 349 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 350 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 351 instead of forcing localhost. 352 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 353 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 354 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 355 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 356 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 357 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 358 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 359 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 360 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 361 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 362 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 363 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 364 Compaq Computer Corp. 365 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 366 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 367 Tech. 368 Portability: 369 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 370 patch provided by HP. 371 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 372 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 373 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 374 Sachin of Siemens. 375 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 376 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 377 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 378 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 379 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 380 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 381 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 382 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 383 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 384 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 385 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 386 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 387 Hewlett-Packard. 388 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 389 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 390 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 391 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 392 Virginia Tech. 393 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 394 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 395 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 396 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 397 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 398 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 399 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 400 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 401 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 402 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 403 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 404 Florida. 405 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 406 Altin Waldmann. 407 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 408 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 409 Hewlett-Packard. 410 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 411 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 412 of MSFU. 413 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 414 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 415 Institute. 416 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 417 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 418 to free memory twice. 419 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 420 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 421 of Sun Microsystems. 422 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 423 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 424 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 425 University of Athens. 426 New Files: 427 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 428 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 429 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 430 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 431 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 432 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 433 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 434 libsm/mpeix.c 435 4368.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 437 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 438 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 439 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 440 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 441 found by Michal Zalewski. 442 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 443 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 444 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 445 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 446 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 447 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 448 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 449 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 450 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 451 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 452 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 453 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 454 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 455 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 456 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 457 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 458 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 459 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 460 canonical name for a host. 461 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 462 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 463 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 464 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 465 Portability: 466 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 467 `uname` does not given complete information. 468 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 469 Aircraft Company. 470 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 471 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 472 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 473 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 474 Courtesan Consulting. 475 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 476 problems with potential misconfigurations. 477 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 478 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 479 Technology Organisation of Australia. 480 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 481 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 482 then use it. 483 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 484 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 485 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 486 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 487 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 488 and vacation. 489 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 490 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 491 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 492 New Files: 493 test/Build 494 test/Makefile 495 test/Makefile.m4 496 test/README 497 test/t_dropgid.c 498 test/t_setgid.c 499 Deleted Files: 500 include/sm/stdio.h 501 include/sm/sysstat.h 502 5038.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 504 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 505 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 506 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 507 default). The installation process tries to install 508 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 509 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 510 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 511 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 512 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 513 flags: 514 GroupWritableForwardFile 515 WorldWritableForwardFile 516 GroupWritableIncludeFile 517 WorldWritableIncludeFile 518 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 519 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 520 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 521 (IdS). 522 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 523 point where the variable could become overused for more than 524 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 525 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 526 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 527 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 528 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 529 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 530 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 531 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 532 see sendmail/SECURITY. 533 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 534 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 535 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 536 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 537 sendmail/SECURITY. 538 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 539 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 540 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 541 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 542 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 543 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 544 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 545 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 546 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 547 command has been removed. 548 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 549 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 550 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 551 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 552 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 553 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 554 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 555 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 556 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 557 supported. 558 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 559 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 560 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 561 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 562 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 563 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 564 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 565 creation rather than just before delivery. 566 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 567 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 568 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 569 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 570 preference matches (coattail). 571 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 572 try other MX hosts if available. 573 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 574 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 575 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 576 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 577 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 578 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 579 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 580 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 581 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 582 removed in future versions. 583 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 584 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 585 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 586 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 587 doc/op/op.me for details. 588 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 589 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 590 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 591 of the presented certificate, respectively. 592 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 593 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 594 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 595 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 596 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 597 enough on a per recipient basis. 598 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 599 for STARTTLS. 600 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 601 value "NOT". 602 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 603 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 604 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 605 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 606 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 607 really required. This change results in a noticable 608 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 609 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 610 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 611 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 612 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 613 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 614 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 615 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 616 command line, then the value also limits the number of 617 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 618 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 619 by a queue run. 620 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 621 system each queue directory resides in. 622 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 623 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 624 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 625 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 626 collected together) to process the same work list at the 627 same time. 628 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 629 active queue runner processes. 630 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 631 runners per queue group. 632 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 633 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 634 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 635 of the queue that match during processing. 636 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 637 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 638 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 639 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 640 persistent queue runner. 641 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 642 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 643 sendmail -q15m). 644 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 645 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 646 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 647 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 648 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 649 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 650 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 651 of the qf file (older entries first). 652 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 653 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 654 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 655 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 656 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 657 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 658 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 659 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 660 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 661 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 662 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 663 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 664 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 665 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 666 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 667 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 668 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 669 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 670 details. 671 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 672 the number of entries in the queue(s). 673 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 674 and the usual documentation for details. 675 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 676 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 677 announced in 8.10. 678 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 679 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 680 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 681 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 682 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 683 -r (number of retries). 684 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 685 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 686 and value separated by the given separator. 687 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 688 to map class arith. 689 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 690 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 691 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 692 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 693 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 694 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 695 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 696 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 697 filenames with spaces). 698 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 699 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 700 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 701 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 702 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 703 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 704 to the loopback net. 705 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 706 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 707 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 708 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 709 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 710 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 711 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 712 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 713 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 714 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 715 Development Group. 716 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 717 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 718 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 719 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 720 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 721 load average is exceeded. 722 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 723 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 724 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 725 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 726 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 727 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 728 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 729 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 730 instead. 731 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 732 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 733 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 734 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 735 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 736 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 737 for direct (command line) submissions. 738 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 739 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 740 Hagino of the KAME Project. 741 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 742 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 743 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 744 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 745 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 746 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 747 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 748 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 749 before logging. 750 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 751 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 752 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 753 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 754 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 755 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 756 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 757 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 758 of the Universitat Regensburg. 759 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 760 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 761 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 762 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 763 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 764 See libsm/index.html for details. 765 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 766 care of by fork() and exit(). 767 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 768 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 769 new and old (from new libsm). 770 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 771 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 772 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 773 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 774 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 775 synchronizations calls. 776 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 777 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 778 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 779 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 780 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 781 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 782 for details. 783 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 784 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 785 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 786 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 787 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 788 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 789 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 790 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 791 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 792 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 793 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 794 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 795 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 796 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 797 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 798 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 799 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 800 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 801 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 802 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 803 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 804 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 805 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 806 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 807 Urbana-Champaign. 808 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 809 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 810 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 811 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 812 connections. 813 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 814 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 815 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 816 cf/README. 817 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 818 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 819 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 820 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 821 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 822 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 823 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 824 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 825 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 826 example). 827 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 828 the default schema used in the above two items. 829 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 830 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 831 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 832 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 833 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 834 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 835 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 836 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 837 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 838 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 839 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 840 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 841 HELO/EHLO commands. 842 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 843 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 844 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 845 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 846 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 847 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 848 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 849 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 850 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 851 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 852 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 853 (verbose) command line option. 854 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 855 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 856 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 857 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 858 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 859 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 860 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 861 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 862 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 863 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 864 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 865 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 866 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 867 British Columbia. 868 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 869 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 870 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 871 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 872 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 873 if required. 874 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 875 class instead. 876 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 877 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 878 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 879 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 880 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 881 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 882 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 883 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 884 Nelson of IBM. 885 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 886 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 887 configurable during compile time. The current values and 888 their defaults are: 889 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 890 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 891 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 892 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 893 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 894 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 895 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 896 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 897 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 898 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 899 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 900 Meteorological Institute. 901 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 902 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 903 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 904 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 905 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 906 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 907 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 908 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 909 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 910 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 911 See sendmail/README for further information. 912 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 913 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 914 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 915 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 916 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 917 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 918 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 919 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 920 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 921 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 922 flora.ca. 923 Portability: 924 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 925 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 926 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 927 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 928 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 929 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 930 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 931 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 932 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 933 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 934 Solaris 8 and later. 935 Add support for OpenUNIX. 936 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 937 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 938 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 939 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 940 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 941 temporary lookup failures. 942 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 943 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 944 or IP nets. 945 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 946 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 947 to get through. 948 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 949 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 950 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 951 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 952 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 953 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 954 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 955 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 956 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 957 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 958 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 959 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 960 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 961 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 962 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 963 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 964 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 965 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 966 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 967 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 968 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 969 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 970 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 971 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 972 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 973 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 974 cf/README for details. 975 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 976 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 977 University of Maryland. 978 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 979 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 980 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 981 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 982 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 983 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 984 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 985 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 986 Solving. 987 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 988 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 989 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 990 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 991 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 992 immediately. 993 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 994 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 995 See cf/README for details. 996 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 997 temporary lookup failures. 998 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 999 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1000 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1001 memory use. 1002 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1003 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1004 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1005 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1006 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1007 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1008 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1009 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1010 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1011 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1012 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1013 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1014 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1015 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1016 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1017 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1018 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1019 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1020 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1021 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1022 additional details. 1023 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1024 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1025 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1026 information. 1027 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1028 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1029 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1030 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1031 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1032 recipients as user unknown. 1033 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1034 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1035 section of cf/README for more information. 1036 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1037 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1038 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1039 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1040 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1041 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1042 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1043 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1044 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1045 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1046 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1047 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1048 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1049 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1050 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1051 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1052 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1053 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1054 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1055 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1056 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1057 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1058 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1059 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1060 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1061 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1062 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1063 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1064 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1065 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1066 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1067 doc/op/op.me for details. 1068 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1069 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1070 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1071 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1072 dequote map. 1073 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1074 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1075 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1076 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1077 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1078 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1079 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1080 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1081 This affects the access database as well as the 1082 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1083 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1084 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1085 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1086 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1087 Mississippi State University. 1088 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1089 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1090 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1091 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1092 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1093 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1094 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1095 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1096 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1097 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1098 systems which don't include cat directories. 1099 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1100 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1101 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1102 mailbox database type. 1103 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1104 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1105 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1106 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1107 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1108 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1109 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1110 instead of white space. 1111 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1112 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1113 Meteorological Institute. 1114 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1115 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1116 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1117 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1118 instead of syslog. 1119 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1120 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1121 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1122 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1123 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1124 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1125 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1126 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1127 New Directories: 1128 libmilter/docs 1129 New Files: 1130 cf/cf/README 1131 cf/cf/submit.cf 1132 cf/cf/submit.mc 1133 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1134 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1135 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1136 cf/feature/msp.m4 1137 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1138 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1139 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1140 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1141 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1142 cf/sendmail.schema 1143 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1144 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1145 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1146 editmap/* 1147 include/sm/* 1148 libsm/* 1149 libsmutil/cf.c 1150 libsmutil/err.c 1151 sendmail/SECURITY 1152 sendmail/TUNING 1153 sendmail/bf.c 1154 sendmail/bf.h 1155 sendmail/sasl.c 1156 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1157 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1158 sendmail/tls.c 1159 Deleted Files: 1160 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1161 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1162 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1163 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1164 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1165 include/sendmail/useful.h 1166 libsmutil/errstring.c 1167 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1168 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1169 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1170 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1171 sendmail/clock.c 1172 Renamed Files: 1173 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1174 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1175 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1176 11778.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1178 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1179 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1180 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1181 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1182 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1183 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1184 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1185 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1186 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1187 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1188 Werner Wiethege. 1189 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1190 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1191 11928.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1193 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1194 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1195 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1196 of SE Netway Communications. 1197 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1198 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1199 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1200 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1201 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1202 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1203 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1204 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1205 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1206 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1207 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1208 University College. 1209 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1210 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1211 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1212 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1213 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1214 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1215 University at Albany. 1216 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1217 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1218 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1219 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1220 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1221 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1222 Portability: 1223 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1224 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1225 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1226 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1227 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1228 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1229 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1230 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1231 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1232 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1233 12348.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1235 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1236 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1237 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1238 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1239 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1240 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1241 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1242 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1243 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1244 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1245 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1246 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1247 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1248 from Kenji Miyake. 1249 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1250 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1251 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1252 the same map again while exiting. 1253 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1254 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1255 of Tuebingen. 1256 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1257 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1258 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1259 Oklahoma State University. 1260 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1261 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1262 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1263 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1264 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1265 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1266 Morgan Stanley. 1267 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1268 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1269 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1270 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1271 from Werner Wiethege. 1272 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1273 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1274 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1275 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1276 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1277 Internet Services. 1278 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1279 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1280 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1281 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1282 Portability: 1283 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1284 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1285 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1286 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1287 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1288 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1289 Meteorological Institute. 1290 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1291 since it generates random process ids. 1292 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1293 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1294 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1295 New Files: 1296 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1297 12988.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1299 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1300 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1301 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1302 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1303 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1304 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1305 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1306 communications consulting gmbh. 1307 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1308 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1309 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1310 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1311 connection came in from the command line. 1312 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1313 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1314 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1315 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1316 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1317 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1318 when they were committed. 1319 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1320 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1321 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1322 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1323 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1324 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1325 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1326 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1327 University. 1328 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1329 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1330 accept() completes. 1331 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1332 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1333 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1334 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1335 Wellcome. 1336 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1337 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1338 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1339 University. 1340 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1341 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1342 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1343 University of New Brunswick. 1344 Portability: 1345 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1346 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1347 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1348 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1349 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1350 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1351 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1352 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1353 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1354 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1355 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1356 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1357 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1358 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1359 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1360 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1361 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1362 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1363 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1364 Institute. 1365 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1366 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1367 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1368 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1369 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1370 Renamed Files: 1371 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1372 13738.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1374 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1375 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1376 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1377 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1378 Schools" project (IdS). 1379 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1380 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1381 be enabled by compiling with: 1382 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1383 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1384 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1385 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1386 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1387 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1388 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1389 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1390 Colby College. 1391 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1392 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1393 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1394 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1395 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1396 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1397 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1398 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1399 NxNetworks, Inc. 1400 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1401 client name. 1402 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1403 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1404 the Universitat Regensburg. 1405 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1406 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1407 University of Arizona. 1408 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1409 of Collective Technologies. 1410 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1411 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1412 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1413 Engineering. 1414 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1415 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1416 Meteorological Institute. 1417 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1418 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1419 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1420 Meteorological Institute. 1421 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1422 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1423 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1424 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1425 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1426 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1427 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1428 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1429 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1430 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1431 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1432 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1433 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1434 counting. 1435 Portability: 1436 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1437 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1438 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1439 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1440 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1441 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1442 Rosenman. 1443 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1444 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1445 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1446 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1447 of Pacific Access. 1448 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1449 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1450 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1451 Microsystems. 1452 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1453 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1454 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1455 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1456 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1457 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1458 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1459 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1460 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1461 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1462 Virginia Tech. 1463 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1464 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1465 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1466 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1467 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1468 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1469 gmbh. 1470 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1471 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1472 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1473 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1474 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1475 of Kyoto University. 1476 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1477 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1478 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1479 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1480 version. 1481 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1482 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1483 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1484 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1485 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1486 or *-owner. 1487 New Files: 1488 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1489 contrib/buildvirtuser 1490 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1491 14928.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1493 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1494 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1495 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1496 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1497 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1498 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1499 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1500 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1501 wildcards. 1502 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1503 process may close the connection before the child process 1504 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1505 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1506 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1507 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1508 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1509 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1510 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1511 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1512 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1513 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1514 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1515 of EarthLink. 1516 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1517 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1518 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1519 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1520 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1521 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1522 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1523 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1524 Fournier of Acadia University. 1525 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1526 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 1527 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 1528 one of the others may be able to take over. 1529 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 1530 previous load average query result. 1531 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 1532 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 1533 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 1534 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1535 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 1536 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 1537 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 1538 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 1539 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1540 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 1541 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 1542 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 1543 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 1544 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 1545 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 1546 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 1547 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 1548 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 1549 University of British Columbia. 1550 Portability: 1551 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 1552 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 1553 override the setting. Suggested by 1554 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 1555 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 1556 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 1557 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 1558 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 1559 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1560 College. 1561 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 1562 Tom Moore of NCR. 1563 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 1564 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 1565 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 1566 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 1567 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1568 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 1569 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 1570 Consulting. 1571 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 1572 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 1573 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 1574 errors in the MAIL address. 1575 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 1576 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 1577 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 1578 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1579 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 1580 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 1581 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 1582 Ericsson. 1583 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 1584 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 1585 mailer as described in cf/README. 1586 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 1587 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 1588 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 1589 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 1590 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 1591 sendmail. 1592 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1593 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1594 Meteorological Institute. 1595 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 1596 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 1597 dot as the only character on the line. 1598 New Files: 1599 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 1600 16018.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 1602 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 1603 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 1604 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 1605 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 1606 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 1607 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 1608 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1609 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 1610 it populates. It is possible that some broken 1611 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 1612 Systems in this category should compile with 1613 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 1614 system and report broken implementations to 1615 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 1616 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 1617 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 1618 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 1619 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 1620 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 1621 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 1622 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 1623 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1624 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 1625 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 1626 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 1627 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1628 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 1629 random data. 1630 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 1631 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 1632 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 1633 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 1634 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 1635 Martin of CMU. 1636 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 1637 strength factor. 1638 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 1639 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 1640 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 1641 of CMU. 1642 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 1643 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 1644 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 1645 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 1646 documented, unless a family is specified in a 1647 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 1648 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 1649 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 1650 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 1651 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 1652 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1653 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 1654 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 1655 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 1656 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 1657 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 1658 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1659 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 1660 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 1661 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 1662 of Sun Microsystems. 1663 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 1664 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 1665 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 1666 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 1667 the incoming information in the queue file for later 1668 delivery attempts. 1669 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 1670 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 1671 smoe.org. 1672 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 1673 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 1674 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1675 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 1676 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 1677 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 1678 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 1679 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 1680 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1681 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 1682 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 1683 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1684 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 1685 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 1686 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 1687 of Northern Illinois University. 1688 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 1689 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1690 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 1691 to kilobyte units. 1692 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 1693 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 1694 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 1695 Polytechnic. 1696 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 1697 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 1698 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 1699 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1700 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 1701 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 1702 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1703 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 1704 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1705 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 1706 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 1707 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 1708 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 1709 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 1710 G. Thomas Consulting. 1711 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 1712 port number (113). 1713 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 1714 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1715 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 1716 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 1717 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1718 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 1719 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 1720 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 1721 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1722 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 1723 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 1724 University of Mainz. 1725 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 1726 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 1727 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 1728 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1729 Portability: 1730 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 1731 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 1732 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 1733 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 1734 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 1735 work properly causing problems if the accept() 1736 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 1737 from Tom Moore of NCR. 1738 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 1739 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 1740 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 1741 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 1742 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 1743 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 1744 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 1745 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 1746 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1747 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1748 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 1749 confCACERT CACERTFile 1750 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 1751 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 1752 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 1753 confRAND_FILE RandFile 1754 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 1755 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 1756 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 1757 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 1758 cf/README for more information. 1759 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 1760 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 1761 called due to a STARTTLS command. 1762 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 1763 instead of temporary. 1764 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 1765 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 1766 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 1767 Consulting. 1768 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 1769 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 1770 RootsWeb.com. 1771 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 1772 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 1773 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 1774 University of Maryland. 1775 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 1776 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 1777 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 1778 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 1779 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 1780 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 1781 of the University of Alberta. 1782 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 1783 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 1784 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 1785 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 1786 of X.509 certificates. 1787 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 1788 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 1789 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 1790 Universitat Regensburg. 1791 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 1792 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1793 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 1794 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1795 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 1796 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1797 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 1798 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 1799 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1800 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 1801 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 1802 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 1803 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 1804 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 1805 University. 1806 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 1807 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 1808 links. 1809 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 1810 reported. 1811 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 1812 Denman Tire Corporation. 1813 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 1814 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 1815 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 1816 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 1817 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 1818 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 1819 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 1820 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 1821 have a From line. 1822 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 1823 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 1824 Added Files: 1825 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 1826 contrib/cidrexpand 1827 contrib/link_hash.sh 1828 contrib/movemail.conf 1829 contrib/movemail.pl 1830 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 1831 test/t_snprintf.c 1832 18338.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 1834 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 1835 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 1836 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 1837 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 1838 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 1839 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 1840 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 1841 Added Files: 1842 test/t_setuid.c 1843 18448.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 1845 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 1846 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 1847 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 1848 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 1849 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 1850 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 1851 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 1852 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 1853 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 1854 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 1855 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 1856 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1857 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 1858 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 1859 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1860 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 1861 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 1862 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 1863 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 1864 or higher. 1865 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 1866 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 1867 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 1868 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 1869 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1870 Polytechnic Institute. 1871 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 1872 discards the message. 1873 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 1874 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 1875 attempted to the alias. 1876 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 1877 flag options. 1878 Portability: 1879 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 1880 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 1881 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 1882 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 1883 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1884 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 1885 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 1886 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 1887 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 1888 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 1889 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 1890 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 1891 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 1892 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 1893 Services, LLC. 1894 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 1895 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 1896 Courtesan Consulting. 1897 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 1898 Siemens Business Services. 1899 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 1900 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 1901 of WSRCC. 1902 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 1903 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 1904 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 1905 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 1906 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 1907 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 1908 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 1909 of NEC. 1910 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 1911 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1912 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 1913 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 1914 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 1915 Virginia Tech. 1916 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 1917 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 1918 University. 1919 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 1920 for other internal projects but included in the open source 1921 release. 1922 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 1923 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 1924 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 1925 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 1926 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 1927 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 1928 Sendmail. 1929 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 1930 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 1931 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1932 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 1933 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 1934 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 1935 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 1936 Northern Illinois University. 1937 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 1938 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 1939 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 1940 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1941 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 1942 Polytechnique de Montreal. 1943 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 1944 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 1945 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 1946 Added Files: 1947 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 1948 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 1949 Deleted Files: 1950 contrib/converting.sun.configs 1951 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 1952 doc/intro 1953 doc/usenix 1954 doc/changes 1955 19568.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 1957 ************************************************************* 1958 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 1959 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 1960 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 1961 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 1962 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 1963 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 1964 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 1965 * coach, and a friend. * 1966 * * 1967 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 1968 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 1969 * Julie, we miss you! * 1970 ************************************************************* 1971 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 1972 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 1973 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 1974 symbolic link target. 1975 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 1976 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 1977 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1978 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 1979 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 1980 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 1981 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 1982 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 1983 version of sendmail. 1984 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 1985 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 1986 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1987 (IdS). 1988 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 1989 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 1990 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 1991 for easier code sharing among the programs. 1992 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 1993 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 1994 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 1995 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 1996 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 1997 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 1998 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 1999 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2000 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2001 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2002 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2003 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2004 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2005 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2006 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2007 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2008 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2009 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2010 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2011 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2012 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2013 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2014 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2015 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2016 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2017 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2018 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2019 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2020 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2021 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2022 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2023 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2024 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2025 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2026 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2027 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2028 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2029 accordingly. 2030 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2031 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2032 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2033 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2034 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2035 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2036 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2037 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2038 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2039 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2040 InCert Software. 2041 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2042 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2043 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2044 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2045 a control socket request. 2046 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2047 settings: 2048 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2049 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2050 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2051 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2052 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2053 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2054 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2055 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2056 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2057 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2058 delivery attempt. 2059 Timeout.resolver.retry 2060 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2061 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2062 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2063 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2064 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2065 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2066 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2067 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2068 query for all resolver lookups except the first 2069 delivery attempt. 2070 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2071 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 2072 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 2073 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 2074 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 2075 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 2076 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 2077 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 2078 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 2079 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 2080 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2081 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 2082 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 2083 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 2084 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 2085 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 2086 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 2087 Telecommunications Ltd. 2088 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 2089 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 2090 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 2091 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 2092 Inc. 2093 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2094 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2095 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2096 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2097 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2098 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2099 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2100 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2101 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2102 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2103 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2104 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2105 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2106 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2107 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2108 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2109 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2110 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2111 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2112 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2113 Ltd. 2114 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2115 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2116 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2117 example mailer might be: 2118 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2119 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2120 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2121 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2122 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2123 instead. 2124 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2125 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2126 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2127 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2128 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2129 flags. 2130 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2131 body of the original message on delivery status 2132 notifications. 2133 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2134 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2135 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2136 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2137 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2138 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2139 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2140 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2141 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2142 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2143 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2144 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2145 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2146 Conwell of Boston University. 2147 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2148 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2149 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2150 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2151 @Home Network. 2152 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2153 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2154 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2155 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2156 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2157 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2158 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2159 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2160 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2161 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2162 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2163 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2164 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2165 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2166 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2167 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2168 Mathias Herberts. 2169 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2170 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2171 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2172 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2173 in check_compat). 2174 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2175 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2176 option. 2177 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2178 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2179 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2180 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2181 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2182 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2183 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2184 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2185 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2186 is set. 2187 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2188 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2189 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2190 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2191 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2192 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2193 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2194 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2195 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2196 a denial-of-service attack. 2197 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2198 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2199 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2200 overflow attacks. 2201 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2202 alias recursion. 2203 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2204 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2205 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2206 directly before the newline. 2207 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2208 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2209 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2210 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2211 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2212 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2213 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2214 could not be opened. 2215 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2216 value of this option is macro expanded. 2217 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2218 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2219 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2220 (along with the already existing macros): 2221 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2222 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2223 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2224 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2225 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2226 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2227 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2228 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2229 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2230 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2231 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2232 loopback net. 2233 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2234 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2235 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2236 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2237 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2238 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2239 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2240 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2241 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2242 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2243 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2244 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2245 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2246 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2247 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2248 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2249 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2250 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2251 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2252 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2253 Ericsson. 2254 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2255 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2256 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2257 of Ericsson. 2258 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2259 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2260 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2261 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2262 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2263 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2264 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2265 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2266 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2267 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2268 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2269 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2270 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2271 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2272 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2273 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2274 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2275 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2276 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2277 equate name. 2278 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2279 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2280 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2281 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2282 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2283 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2284 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2285 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2286 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2287 David Cooley of Colby College. 2288 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2289 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2290 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2291 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2292 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2293 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2294 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2295 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2296 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2297 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2298 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2299 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2300 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2301 of Stanford University. 2302 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2303 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2304 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2305 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2306 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2307 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2308 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2309 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2310 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2311 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2312 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2313 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2314 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2315 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2316 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2317 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2318 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2319 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2320 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2321 comma separated key and value strings. 2322 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2323 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2324 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2325 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2326 a single connection to that host. 2327 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2328 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2329 LDAP lookups. 2330 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2331 resources. 2332 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2333 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2334 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2335 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2336 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2337 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2338 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2339 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2340 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2341 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2342 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2343 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2344 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2345 with the name "*". 2346 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2347 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2348 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2349 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2350 matches to return. 2351 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2352 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2353 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2354 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2355 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2356 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2357 are defined. 2358 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2359 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2360 Tech. 2361 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2362 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2363 important if you have large classes. 2364 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2365 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2366 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2367 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2368 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2369 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2370 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2371 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2372 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2373 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2374 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2375 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2376 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2377 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2378 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2379 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2380 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2381 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2382 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2383 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2384 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2385 has no effect. 2386 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2387 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2388 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2389 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2390 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2391 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2392 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2393 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2394 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2395 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2396 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2397 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2398 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2399 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2400 10 or higher. 2401 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2402 information (from= syslog line). 2403 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2404 equate (dsn=). 2405 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2406 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 2407 information is available at 2408 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 2409 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2410 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2411 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2412 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2413 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2414 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2415 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2416 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2417 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2418 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2419 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2420 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2421 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2422 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2423 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2424 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2425 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2426 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2427 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2428 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2429 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2430 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2431 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2432 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2433 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2434 multiple files. 2435 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2436 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2437 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2438 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2439 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2440 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2441 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2442 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2443 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2444 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2445 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2446 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2447 length before the attempt. 2448 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2449 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2450 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2451 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2452 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2453 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2454 host status files, not all files. 2455 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2456 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2457 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2458 Wonderworks Inc. 2459 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2460 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2461 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2462 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2463 of Hannover. 2464 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2465 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2466 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2467 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2468 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2469 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2470 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2471 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2472 flag: 2473 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2474 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2475 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2476 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2477 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2478 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2479 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2480 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2481 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2482 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2483 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2484 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2485 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2486 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2487 version. 2488 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2489 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2490 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2491 if referencing a named ruleset. 2492 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2493 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2494 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2495 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2496 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2497 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2498 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2499 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2500 the University of Maryland. 2501 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2502 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2503 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2504 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2505 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2506 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2507 COMMANDS). 2508 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2509 but for outgoing connections. 2510 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2511 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2512 a require authentication 2513 b bind to interface through which mail has 2514 been received 2515 c perform hostname canonification 2516 f require fully qualified hostname 2517 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2518 command 2519 C don't perform hostname canonification 2520 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2521 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2522 h use name of interface for HELO command 2523 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2524 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2525 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2526 Institutes of Health. 2527 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 2528 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2529 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 2530 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 2531 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2532 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 2533 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 2534 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 2535 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 2536 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 2537 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 2538 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 2539 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2540 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 2541 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 2542 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 2543 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 2544 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 2545 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 2546 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 2547 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 2548 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 2549 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 2550 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 2551 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2552 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 2553 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 2554 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 2555 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 2556 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 2557 timeout. 2558 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 2559 interface address structure when loading the system network 2560 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 2561 Nanoteq. 2562 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 2563 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 2564 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 2565 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 2566 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 2567 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 2568 on load average. 2569 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2570 Northern Illinois University. 2571 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 2572 envelope splitting has occurred. 2573 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 2574 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 2575 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 2576 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 2577 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 2578 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2579 Institute. 2580 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 2581 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 2582 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 2583 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 2584 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 2585 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 2586 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2587 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 2588 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2589 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 2590 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2591 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 2592 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 2593 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 2594 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2595 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 2596 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 2597 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 2598 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2599 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 2600 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 2601 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 2602 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2603 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 2604 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 2605 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2606 University. 2607 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 2608 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 2609 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 2610 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 2611 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 2612 ruleset lines as well. 2613 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 2614 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 2615 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 2616 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2617 Institute. 2618 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 2619 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 2620 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2621 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 2622 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 2623 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 2624 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 2625 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 2626 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 2627 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 2628 of Ericsson. 2629 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 2630 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 2631 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 2632 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2633 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 2634 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 2635 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 2636 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 2637 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 2638 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 2639 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 2640 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 2641 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 2642 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 2643 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 2644 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2645 University. 2646 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 2647 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 2648 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 2649 'sendmail -bs'. 2650 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 2651 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 2652 them in the .cf file. 2653 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 2654 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 2655 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 2656 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 2657 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 2658 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 2659 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 2660 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 2661 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2662 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 2663 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 2664 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 2665 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 2666 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2667 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 2668 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2669 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 2670 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 2671 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 2672 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 2673 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 2674 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 2675 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 2676 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 2677 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 2678 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 2679 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2680 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 2681 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 2682 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 2683 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2684 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 2685 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 2686 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 2687 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 2688 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 2689 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2690 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 2691 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 2692 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 2693 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 2694 don't fail on ANY queries. 2695 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 2696 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 2697 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2698 Northern Illinois University. 2699 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 2700 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 2701 State University. 2702 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 2703 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2704 Northern Illinois University. 2705 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 2706 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 2707 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 2708 Portability: 2709 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 2710 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 2711 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 2712 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 2713 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2714 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 2715 This allows network interface probing to work 2716 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 2717 University of Iowa. 2718 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 2719 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 2720 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 2721 name. 2722 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 2723 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 2724 Virginia Tech. 2725 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 2726 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 2727 Amsterdam. 2728 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 2729 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 2730 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 2731 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 2732 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 2733 in building the operating system. Users can 2734 override the defaults by setting confCC and 2735 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 2736 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 2737 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 2738 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 2739 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 2740 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 2741 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2742 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 2743 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 2744 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 2745 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 2746 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 2747 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2748 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 2749 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 2750 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 2751 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 2752 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 2753 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 2754 use that value in conf.h. 2755 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 2756 BITart Consulting. 2757 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 2758 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 2759 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 2760 Computer, Inc. 2761 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 2762 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 2763 of E I A. 2764 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 2765 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 2766 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 2767 fchown(2). 2768 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 2769 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 2770 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 2771 srandomdev(3). 2772 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 2773 setlogin(2). 2774 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 2775 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 2776 Siemens Business Services. 2777 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 2778 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 2779 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 2780 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 2781 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 2782 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 2783 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 2784 Aerospace. 2785 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 2786 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 2787 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 2788 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 2789 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 2790 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 2791 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 2792 University. 2793 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 2794 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 2795 Technology Information Network. 2796 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 2797 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 2798 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 2799 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 2800 and OpenBSD. 2801 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 2802 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 2803 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 2804 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2805 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 2806 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 2807 details. 2808 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 2809 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 2810 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 2811 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 2812 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2813 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 2814 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 2815 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 2816 Courtesan Consulting. 2817 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 2818 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 2819 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 2820 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 2821 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 2822 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 2823 multiple times. 2824 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 2825 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 2826 with From:). 2827 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 2828 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 2829 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 2830 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 2831 new functionality. 2832 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2833 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 2834 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 2835 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 2836 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 2837 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 2838 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 2839 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 2840 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 2841 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 2842 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 2843 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 2844 confPID_FILE PidFile 2845 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 2846 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 2847 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 2848 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 2849 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2850 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2851 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 2852 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2853 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2854 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 2855 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 2856 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 2857 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2858 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2859 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 2860 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 2861 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 2862 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 2863 to "IPC $h". 2864 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 2865 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 2866 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 2867 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 2868 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 2869 value should be changed with care. 2870 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 2871 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 2872 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 2873 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 2874 complain. 2875 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 2876 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 2877 of Q7 Enterprises. 2878 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 2879 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 2880 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 2881 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 2882 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 2883 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 2884 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 2885 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 2886 of Northern Illinois University. 2887 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 2888 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 2889 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 2890 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 2891 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 2892 in it. 2893 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 2894 in class 'P' ($=P). 2895 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 2896 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 2897 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 2898 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 2899 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 2900 is added. 2901 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 2902 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 2903 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 2904 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 2905 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 2906 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 2907 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 2908 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 2909 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 2910 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 2911 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 2912 Hubert of University of Washington. 2913 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 2914 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 2915 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 2916 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 2917 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 2918 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 2919 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 2920 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 2921 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 2922 Services. 2923 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 2924 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 2925 Aerospace. 2926 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 2927 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 2928 University and Brian Candler. 2929 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 2930 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2931 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 2932 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2933 Institute. 2934 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 2935 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 2936 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 2937 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 2938 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 2939 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 2940 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 2941 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 2942 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 2943 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2944 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 2945 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 2946 Willamette Industries, Inc. 2947 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 2948 converted to <user@d> 2949 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 2950 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 2951 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 2952 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 2953 performed. 2954 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 2955 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 2956 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2957 Institute. 2958 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 2959 be accessed by their numbers). 2960 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 2961 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 2962 of an address. 2963 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 2964 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 2965 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 2966 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 2967 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 2968 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 2969 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 2970 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 2971 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 2972 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 2973 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 2974 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2975 Institute. 2976 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 2977 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 2978 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 2979 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 2980 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 2981 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 2982 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 2983 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 2984 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 2985 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 2986 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 2987 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2988 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 2989 University of California at Berkeley. 2990 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 2991 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2992 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 2993 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 2994 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 2995 Corporation UK. 2996 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 2997 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 2998 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 2999 Yale University. 3000 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3001 be used for building. 3002 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3003 used for a fresh build. 3004 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3005 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3006 ranlib. 3007 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3008 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3009 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3010 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3011 Costales. 3012 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3013 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3014 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3015 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3016 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3017 of Siemens Business Services. 3018 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3019 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3020 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3021 torek. 3022 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3023 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3024 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3025 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3026 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3027 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3028 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3029 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3030 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3031 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3032 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3033 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3034 are in devtools/README. 3035 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3036 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3037 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3038 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3039 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3040 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3041 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3042 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3043 macro. 3044 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3045 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3046 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3047 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3048 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3049 Corporation. 3050 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3051 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3052 confMANROOTMAN. 3053 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3054 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3055 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3056 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3057 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3058 Communications. 3059 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3060 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3061 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3062 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3063 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3064 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 3065 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 3066 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 3067 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 3068 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 3069 install-strip target. 3070 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 3071 the others (if it exists). 3072 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 3073 then the default ones. 3074 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 3075 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 3076 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 3077 to set the S flag. 3078 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 3079 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 3080 Northern Illinois University. 3081 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 3082 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 3083 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3084 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 3085 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 3086 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3087 University. 3088 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 3089 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 3090 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3091 University. 3092 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3093 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3094 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3095 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3096 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3097 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3098 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3099 University. 3100 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3101 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3102 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3103 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3104 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3105 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3106 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3107 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3108 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3109 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3110 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3111 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3112 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3113 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3114 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3115 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3116 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3117 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3118 timeout to avoid starvation. 3119 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3120 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3121 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3122 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3123 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3124 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3125 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3126 of Maryland. 3127 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3128 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3129 sendmail configuration file. 3130 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3131 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3132 option. 3133 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3134 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3135 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3136 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3137 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3138 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3139 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3140 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3141 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3142 Corporation UK. 3143 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3144 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3145 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3146 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3147 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3148 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3149 Institute for Global Communications. 3150 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3151 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3152 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3153 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3154 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3155 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3156 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3157 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3158 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3159 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3160 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3161 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3162 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3163 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3164 Changed Files: 3165 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3166 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3167 which execute the actual Build script in 3168 devtools/bin. 3169 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3170 -mandoc as they were previously. 3171 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3172 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3173 required for Build). 3174 New Directories: 3175 devtools/M4/UNIX 3176 include 3177 libmilter 3178 libsmdb 3179 libsmutil 3180 vacation 3181 Renamed Directories: 3182 BuildTools => devtools 3183 src => sendmail 3184 Deleted Files: 3185 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3186 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3187 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3188 devtools/OS/SINIX 3189 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3190 New Files: 3191 INSTALL 3192 PGPKEYS 3193 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3194 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3195 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3196 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3197 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3198 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3199 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3200 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3201 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3202 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3203 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3204 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3205 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3206 contrib/domainmap.m4 3207 contrib/qtool.8 3208 contrib/qtool.pl 3209 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3210 devtools/M4/list.m4 3211 devtools/M4/string.m4 3212 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3213 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3214 devtools/OS/Darwin 3215 devtools/OS/GNU 3216 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3217 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3218 devtools/OS/m88k 3219 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3220 mail.local/Makefile 3221 mailstats/Makefile 3222 makemap/Makefile 3223 praliases/Makefile 3224 rmail/Makefile 3225 sendmail/Makefile 3226 sendmail/bf.h 3227 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3228 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3229 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3230 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3231 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3232 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3233 sendmail/timers.c 3234 sendmail/timers.h 3235 smrsh/Makefile 3236 vacation/Makefile 3237 Renamed Files: 3238 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3239 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3240 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3241 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3242 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3243 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3244 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3245 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3246 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3247 Copied Files: 3248 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3249 32508.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3251 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3252 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3253 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3254 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3255 Schools" project (IdS). 3256 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3257 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3258 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3259 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3260 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3261 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3262 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3263 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3264 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3265 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3266 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3267 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3268 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3269 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3270 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3271 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3272 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3273 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3274 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3275 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3276 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3277 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3278 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3279 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3280 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3281 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3282 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3283 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3284 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3285 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3286 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3287 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3288 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3289 group of the IETF. 3290 Portability: 3291 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3292 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3293 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3294 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3295 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3296 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3297 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3298 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3299 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3300 Technical University of Denmark. 3301 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3302 Supercomputer Center. 3303 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3304 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3305 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3306 of Stanford University. 3307 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3308 between different releases. Back out the 3309 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3310 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3311 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3312 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3313 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3314 of Siemens/SNI. 3315 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3316 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3317 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3318 University of Brno. 3319 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3320 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3321 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3322 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3323 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3324 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3325 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3326 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3327 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3328 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3329 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3330 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3331 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3332 MIDS Europe. 3333 New Files: 3334 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3335 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3336 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3337 33388.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3339 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3340 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3341 for a denial of service attack. 3342 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3343 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3344 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3345 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3346 Corporation UK. 3347 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3348 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3349 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3350 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3351 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3352 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3353 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3354 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3355 Internet Services. 3356 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3357 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3358 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3359 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3360 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3361 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3362 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3363 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3364 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3365 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3366 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3367 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3368 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3369 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3370 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3371 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3372 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3373 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3374 Internet Services. 3375 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3376 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3377 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3378 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3379 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3380 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3381 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3382 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3383 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3384 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3385 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3386 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3387 extended testing. 3388 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3389 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3390 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3391 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3392 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3393 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3394 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3395 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3396 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3397 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3398 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3399 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3400 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3401 Network. 3402 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3403 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3404 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3405 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3406 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3407 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3408 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3409 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3410 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3411 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3412 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3413 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3414 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3415 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3416 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3417 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3418 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3419 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3420 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3421 Meteorological Institute. 3422 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3423 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3424 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3425 Portability: 3426 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3427 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3428 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3429 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3430 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3431 reading network interface addresses into 3432 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3433 Cal State University, Chico. 3434 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3435 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3436 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3437 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3438 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3439 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3440 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3441 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3442 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3443 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3444 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3445 of Sun Microsystems. 3446 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3447 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3448 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3449 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3450 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3451 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3452 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3453 of E I A. 3454 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3455 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3456 Information Center. 3457 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3458 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3459 Institute. 3460 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3461 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3462 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3463 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3464 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3465 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3466 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3467 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3468 Manawatu Internet Services. 3469 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3470 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3471 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3472 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3473 of Northern Illinois University. 3474 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3475 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3476 Kiel. 3477 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3478 Dot Com. 3479 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3480 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3481 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3482 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3483 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3484 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3485 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3486 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3487 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3488 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3489 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3490 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3491 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3492 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3493 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3494 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3495 the envelope From header. 3496 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3497 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3498 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3499 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3500 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3501 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3502 Portal Services, Inc. 3503 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3504 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3505 Sun Microsystems. 3506 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3507 New Files: 3508 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3509 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3510 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3511 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3512 src/control.c 3513 35148.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3515 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3516 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3517 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3518 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3519 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3520 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3521 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3522 Meteorological Institute. 3523 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3524 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3525 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3526 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3527 installation commands. The man pages would still be 3528 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 3529 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3530 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 3531 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3532 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 3533 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 3534 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 3535 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 3536 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 3537 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 3538 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 3539 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 3540 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 3541 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 3542 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 3543 Flextech TV. 3544 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 3545 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 3546 DaveLtd Enterprises. 3547 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 3548 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 3549 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 3550 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 3551 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 3552 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 3553 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 3554 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 3555 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 3556 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 3557 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 3558 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 3559 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 3560 University. 3561 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 3562 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 3563 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 3564 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 3565 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 3566 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 3567 Portability: 3568 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 3569 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 3570 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 3571 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 3572 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 3573 of BSDI. 3574 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 3575 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 3576 PICT Inc. 3577 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 3578 J. P. McCann of E I A. 3579 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 3580 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 3581 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 3582 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 3583 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 3584 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3585 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 3586 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 3587 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3588 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 3589 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 3590 would not accept @@hostname. 3591 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 3592 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 3593 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 3594 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 3595 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3596 New Files: 3597 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 3598 35998.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 3600 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 3601 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 3602 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 3603 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 3604 which need the ability to override security can use the 3605 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 3606 information. 3607 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3608 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3609 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 3610 world writable directories. 3611 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 3612 it is in a world writable directory. 3613 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 3614 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 3615 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 3616 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3617 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3618 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 3619 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 3620 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3621 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 3622 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 3623 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 3624 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 3625 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 3626 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 3627 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 3628 default. 3629 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 3630 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 3631 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 3632 the University of Maryland. 3633 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 3634 of Cal State University, Chico. 3635 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 3636 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 3637 current version of Berkeley DB. 3638 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 3639 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3640 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 3641 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 3642 of Maryland. 3643 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 3644 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 3645 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 3646 Microsystems. 3647 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 3648 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 3649 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 3650 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 3651 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 3652 mail.local on the F=z flag. 3653 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 3654 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 3655 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 3656 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 3657 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 3658 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 3659 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 3660 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3661 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3662 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 3663 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 3664 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 3665 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3666 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 3667 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 3668 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 3669 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 3670 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 3671 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 3672 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 3673 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 3674 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 3675 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 3676 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 3677 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 3678 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 3679 relaying entirely. 3680 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 3681 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 3682 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 3683 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 3684 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 3685 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 3686 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 3687 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3688 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 3689 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 3690 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 3691 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 3692 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3693 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 3694 sender for those failures. 3695 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 3696 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 3697 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 3698 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 3699 of Ericsson. 3700 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 3701 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 3702 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3703 of Procter & Gamble. 3704 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 3705 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 3706 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3707 of Procter & Gamble. 3708 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 3709 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 3710 of system security. This should only be used if you are 3711 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 3712 DontBlameSendmail options are: 3713 Safe 3714 AssumeSafeChown 3715 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 3716 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 3717 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 3718 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 3719 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 3720 GroupWritableAliasFile 3721 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 3722 WorldWritableAliasFile 3723 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3724 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 3725 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 3726 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 3727 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3728 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 3729 MapInUnsafeDirPath 3730 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 3731 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 3732 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 3733 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 3734 LinkedMapInWritableDir 3735 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 3736 FileDeliveryToHardLink 3737 FileDeliveryToSymLink 3738 WriteMapToHardLink 3739 WriteMapToSymLink 3740 WriteStatsToHardLink 3741 WriteStatsToSymLink 3742 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 3743 RunWritableProgram 3744 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 3745 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 3746 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 3747 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 3748 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 3749 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 3750 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 3751 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 3752 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 3753 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 3754 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 3755 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 3756 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 3757 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 3758 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 3759 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 3760 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 3761 contrast to the success case). 3762 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 3763 of the form: 3764 HHeader: $>Ruleset 3765 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 3766 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 3767 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 3768 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 3769 from hiding their connection information in Received: 3770 headers. 3771 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 3772 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 3773 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 3774 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 3775 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 3776 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 3777 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 3778 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 3779 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 3780 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 3781 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 3782 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 3783 remote identity can be queried. 3784 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 3785 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 3786 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 3787 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3788 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 3789 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 3790 some of the details are determined dynamically via 3791 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 3792 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 3793 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 3794 the new Build method which creates an operating system 3795 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 3796 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 3797 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 3798 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 3799 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 3800 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 3801 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3802 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 3803 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 3804 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 3805 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 3806 This means that even if only one of the recipients 3807 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 3808 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 3809 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 3810 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 3811 of CNET: The Computer Network. 3812 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 3813 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 3814 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3815 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 3816 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 3817 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 3818 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 3819 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 3820 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 3821 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 3822 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 3823 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 3824 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3825 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 3826 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 3827 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3828 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 3829 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 3830 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 3831 Institute. 3832 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 3833 mail.local. 3834 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 3835 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 3836 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 3837 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 3838 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 3839 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3840 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 3841 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 3842 of InfoBeat, Inc. 3843 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 3844 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 3845 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 3846 mailstats command. 3847 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 3848 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 3849 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 3850 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 3851 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 3852 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 3853 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3854 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 3855 Ericsson. 3856 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 3857 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 3858 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 3859 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 3860 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 3861 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 3862 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 3863 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 3864 Stratus Computer, Inc. 3865 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 3866 currently supported version. 3867 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 3868 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 3869 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 3870 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 3871 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 3872 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3873 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 3874 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 3875 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 3876 message in error bounces. 3877 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 3878 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 3879 Digital Equipment Corporation. 3880 Portability: 3881 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 3882 of Kyoto University. 3883 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 3884 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 3885 Maryland. 3886 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 3887 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 3888 in Finland. 3889 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 3890 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 3891 the University of Maryland. 3892 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 3893 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 3894 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3895 Meteorological Institute. 3896 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 3897 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 3898 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 3899 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 3900 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 3901 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 3902 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 3903 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 3904 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 3905 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 3906 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 3907 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3908 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 3909 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 3910 Microsystems. 3911 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 3912 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 3913 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 3914 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3915 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 3916 directory for certain programs. 3917 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 3918 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 3919 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 3920 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 3921 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 3922 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 3923 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 3924 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 3925 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 3926 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 3927 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 3928 the user to setup different .forward files for 3929 user+detail addressing. 3930 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 3931 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 3932 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 3933 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 3934 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 3935 outside your domain). 3936 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 3937 any site to any site. 3938 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 3939 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 3940 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 3941 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 3942 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 3943 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 3944 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 3945 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 3946 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 3947 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 3948 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 3949 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 3950 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 3951 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 3952 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 3953 host names only. 3954 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 3955 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 3956 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 3957 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 3958 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 3959 needed for most installations. 3960 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 3961 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 3962 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 3963 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 3964 the University of Maryland. 3965 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 3966 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 3967 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 3968 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 3969 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 3970 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 3971 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 3972 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 3973 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 3974 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 3975 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 3976 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 3977 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 3978 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 3979 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 3980 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 3981 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 3982 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 3983 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 3984 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 3985 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 3986 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 3987 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 3988 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 3989 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 3990 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 3991 above for more information. 3992 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 3993 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3994 Meteorological Institute. 3995 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 3996 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 3997 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 3998 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 3999 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4000 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4001 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4002 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4003 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4004 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4005 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4006 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4007 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4008 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4009 CMU (now of Netscape). 4010 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4011 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4012 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4013 read mail.local/README. 4014 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4015 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4016 University of Maryland. 4017 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4018 University, Chico. 4019 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4020 Meteorological Institute. 4021 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4022 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4023 University of Maryland. 4024 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4025 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4026 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4027 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4028 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4029 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4030 Braunschweig. 4031 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4032 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4033 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4034 Changed Files: 4035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4036 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4037 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4038 New Files: 4039 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4040 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4041 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4042 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4043 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4044 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4045 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4046 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4047 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4048 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4049 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4050 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4051 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4052 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4053 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4054 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4055 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4056 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4057 BuildTools/README 4058 BuildTools/Site/README 4059 BuildTools/bin/Build 4060 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4061 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4062 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4063 Makefile 4064 cf/cf/Build 4065 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 4066 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 4067 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 4068 cf/feature/access_db.m4 4069 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 4070 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 4071 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 4072 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 4073 cf/feature/rbl.m4 4074 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 4075 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 4076 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 4077 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 4078 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 4079 contrib/doublebounce.pl 4080 mail.local/Build 4081 mail.local/Makefile.m4 4082 mail.local/README 4083 mailstats/Build 4084 mailstats/Makefile.m4 4085 makemap/Build 4086 makemap/Makefile.m4 4087 praliases/Build 4088 praliases/Makefile.m4 4089 rmail/Build 4090 rmail/Makefile.m4 4091 rmail/rmail.0 4092 smrsh/Build 4093 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4094 src/Build 4095 src/Makefile.m4 4096 src/snprintf.c 4097 Deleted Files: 4098 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4099 mail.local/Makefile 4100 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4101 mailstats/Makefile 4102 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4103 makemap/Makefile 4104 makemap/Makefile.dist 4105 praliases/Makefile 4106 praliases/Makefile.dist 4107 rmail/Makefile 4108 smrsh/Makefile 4109 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4110 src/Makefile 4111 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4112 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4113 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4114 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4115 Renamed Files: 4116 READ_ME => README 4117 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4118 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4119 src/READ_ME => src/README 4120 41218.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4122 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4123 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4124 Meteorological Institute. 4125 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4126 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4127 Arseneault of SRI International. 4128 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4129 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4130 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4131 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4132 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4133 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4134 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4135 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4136 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4137 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4138 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4139 River Systems. 4140 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4141 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4142 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4143 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4144 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4145 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4146 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4147 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4148 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4149 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4150 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4151 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4152 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4153 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4154 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4155 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4156 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4157 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4158 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4159 results during a single message processing (but would 4160 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4161 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4162 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4163 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4164 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4165 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4166 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4167 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4168 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4169 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4170 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4171 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4172 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4173 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4174 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4175 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4176 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4177 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4178 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4179 Associates. 4180 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4181 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4182 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4183 could cause confusing error messages. 4184 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4185 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4186 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4187 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4188 SuperNet, Inc. 4189 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4190 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4191 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4192 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4193 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4194 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4195 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4196 dropped. 4197 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4198 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4199 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4200 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4201 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4202 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4203 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4204 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4205 Institute. 4206 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4207 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4208 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4209 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4210 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4211 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4212 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4213 Minor lint fixes. 4214 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4215 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4216 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4217 of Stanford University. 4218 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4219 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4220 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4221 Portability: 4222 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4223 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4224 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4225 Electronic Data Systems. 4226 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4227 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4228 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4229 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4230 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4231 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4232 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4233 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4234 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4235 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4236 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4237 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4238 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4239 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4240 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4241 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4242 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4243 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4244 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4245 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4246 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4247 Services. 4248 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4249 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4250 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4251 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4252 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4253 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4254 Services VAS. 4255 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4256 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4257 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4258 Ericsson. 4259 42608.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4261 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4262 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4263 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4264 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4265 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4266 GmbH. 4267 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4268 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4269 of Technology, Stockholm. 4270 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4271 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4272 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4273 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4274 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4275 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4276 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4277 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4278 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4279 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4280 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4281 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4282 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4283 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4284 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4285 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4286 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4287 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4288 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4289 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4290 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4291 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4292 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4293 have to assume that the information is good. 4294 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4295 open or locked. 4296 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4297 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4298 errors during testing. 4299 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4300 printed in the error message. 4301 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4302 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4303 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4304 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4305 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4306 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4307 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4308 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4309 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4310 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4311 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4312 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4313 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4314 Results Computing. 4315 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4316 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4317 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4318 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4319 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4320 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4321 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4322 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4323 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4324 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4325 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4326 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4327 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4328 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4329 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4330 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4331 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4332 simultaneously. 4333 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4334 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4335 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4336 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4337 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4338 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4339 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4340 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4341 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4342 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4343 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4344 CSU Chico. 4345 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4346 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4347 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4348 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4349 Portability: 4350 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4351 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4352 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4353 be used instead. 4354 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4355 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4356 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4357 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4358 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4359 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4360 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4361 in Makefiles. 4362 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4363 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4364 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4365 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4366 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4367 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4368 NCR Corp. 4369 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4370 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4371 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4372 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4373 Resource Network 4374 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4375 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4376 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4377 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4378 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4379 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4380 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4381 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4382 Corp. 4383 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4384 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4385 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4386 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4387 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4388 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4389 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4390 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4391 PlainTalk. 4392 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4393 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4394 by Harry Styron. 4395 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4396 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4397 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4398 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4399 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4400 changed after open". 4401 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4402 files. 4403 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4404 NEW FILES: 4405 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4406 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4407 test/t_exclopen.c 4408 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4409 DELETED FILES: 4410 Makefile 4411 44128.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4413 ************************************************************* 4414 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4415 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4416 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4417 * continued sendmail development. * 4418 ************************************************************* 4419 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4420 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4421 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4422 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4423 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4424 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4425 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4426 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4427 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4428 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4429 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4430 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4431 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4432 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4433 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4434 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4435 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4436 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4437 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4438 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4439 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4440 another database; this can be used either to expose 4441 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4442 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4443 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4444 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4445 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4446 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4447 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4448 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4449 system directories. 4450 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4451 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4452 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4453 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4454 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4455 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4456 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4457 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4458 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4459 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4460 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4461 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4462 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4463 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4464 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4465 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4466 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4467 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4468 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4469 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4470 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4471 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4472 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4473 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4474 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4475 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4476 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4477 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4478 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4479 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4480 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4481 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4482 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4483 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4484 same host). 4485 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4486 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4487 from Theo de Raadt. 4488 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4489 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4490 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4491 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4492 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4493 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4494 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4495 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4496 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4497 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4498 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4499 Microsystems. 4500 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4501 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4502 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4503 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4504 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4505 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4506 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4507 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4508 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4509 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4510 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4511 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4512 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4513 Shapiro. 4514 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4515 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4516 Sun Microsystems. 4517 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4518 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4519 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4520 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4521 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4522 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4523 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4524 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4525 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4526 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4527 Mercury Mail. 4528 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 4529 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 4530 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 4531 Morgan Stanley. 4532 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 4533 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 4534 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 4535 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4536 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 4537 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 4538 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 4539 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 4540 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 4541 not be run. 4542 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 4543 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 4544 printing. 4545 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 4546 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 4547 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4548 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 4549 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 4550 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 4551 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 4552 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 4553 erroneous results during a single message processing 4554 (but would recover when the next message was received). 4555 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 4556 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 4557 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 4558 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 4559 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 4560 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 4561 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 4562 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 4563 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 4564 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 4565 address as "may be forged". 4566 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 4567 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 4568 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 4569 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 4570 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 4571 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 4572 of TwinCom. 4573 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 4574 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 4575 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 4576 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 4577 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 4578 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 4579 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 4580 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 4581 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4582 Institute. 4583 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 4584 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 4585 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 4586 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 4587 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 4588 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 4589 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 4590 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 4591 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 4592 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 4593 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 4594 book (2nd edition). 4595 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 4596 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 4597 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 4598 John Beck of SunSoft. 4599 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 4600 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 4601 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 4602 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 4603 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 4604 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 4605 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 4606 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 4607 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 4608 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 4609 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 4610 returns. 4611 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 4612 on some architectures. 4613 Portability: 4614 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 4615 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 4616 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 4617 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 4618 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 4619 of Washington. 4620 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 4621 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 4622 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4623 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 4624 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 4625 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 4626 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 4627 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 4628 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 4629 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4630 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 4631 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 4632 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 4633 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 4634 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 4635 Cambridge. 4636 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 4637 Kari Hurtta. 4638 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 4639 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 4640 IRIX Makefile). 4641 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 4642 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4643 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 4644 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 4645 Brian Candler. 4646 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 4647 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 4648 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4649 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 4650 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 4651 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4652 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 4653 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 4654 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4655 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 4656 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 4657 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4658 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 4659 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 4660 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 4661 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 4662 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 4663 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 4664 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 4665 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4666 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 4667 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 4668 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 4669 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 4670 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 4671 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 4672 was specified, even when it wasn't. 4673 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 4674 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 4675 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 4676 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 4677 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 4678 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 4679 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 4680 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 4681 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 4682 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 4683 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 4684 developers). 4685 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 4686 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 4687 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4688 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 4689 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 4690 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 4691 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 4692 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 4693 NEXTSTEP. 4694 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 4695 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 4696 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 4697 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 4698 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4699 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 4700 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 4701 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 4702 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 4703 for system accounts. 4704 NEW FILES: 4705 src/safefile.c 4706 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 4707 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 4708 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 4709 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 4710 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 4711 RENAMED FILES: 4712 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 4713 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 4714 47158.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 4716 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 4717 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 4718 even if RunAsUser is specified. 4719 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 4720 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 4721 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4722 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 4723 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 4724 University of Pennsylvania. 4725 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 4726 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 4727 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 4728 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 4729 was unnecessarily awful. 4730 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 4731 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 4732 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 4733 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 4734 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 4735 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 4736 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 4737 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 4738 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4739 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 4740 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4741 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 4742 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 4743 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4744 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 4745 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 4746 Semiconductor Corp. 4747 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 4748 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 4749 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 4750 at Austin. 4751 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 4752 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 4753 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 4754 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 4755 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4756 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 4757 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 4758 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 4759 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 4760 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 4761 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 4762 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 4763 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 4764 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 4765 Costales. 4766 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 4767 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 4768 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 4769 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 4770 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 4771 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 4772 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 4773 The current values and defaults are: 4774 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 4775 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 4776 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 4777 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 4778 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 4779 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 4780 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 4781 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 4782 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 4783 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4784 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 4785 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 4786 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 4787 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 4788 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 4789 Eric Hagberg. 4790 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 4791 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 4792 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 4793 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 4794 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 4795 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 4796 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 4797 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4798 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 4799 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 4800 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 4801 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 4802 Communications. 4803 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 4804 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 4805 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 4806 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4807 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 4808 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 4809 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 4810 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 4811 PORTABILITY: 4812 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 4813 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 4814 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 4815 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 4816 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4817 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 4818 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 4819 (Moscow). 4820 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 4821 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 4822 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 4823 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 4824 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 4825 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 4826 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 4827 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 4828 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 4829 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 4830 Received: line. 4831 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 4832 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 4833 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 4834 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 4835 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 4836 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 4837 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 4838 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 4839 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 4840 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 4841 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 4842 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 4843 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 4844 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 4845 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 4846 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 4847 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 4848 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 4849 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 4850 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 4851 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4852 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 4853 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 4854 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 4855 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 4856 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 4857 Long Beach. 4858 48598.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 4860 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 4861 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 4862 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 4863 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 4864 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 4865 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 4866 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 4867 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 4868 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 4869 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 4870 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 4871 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 4872 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 4873 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 4874 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 4875 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 4876 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 4877 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 4878 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4879 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 4880 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 4881 Problem noted by several people. 4882 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 4883 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 4884 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 4885 by several people. 4886 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 4887 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 4888 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 4889 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 4890 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 4891 of Best Internet Communications. 4892 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 4893 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 4894 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 4895 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 4896 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 4897 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 4898 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 4899 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 4900 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 4901 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 4902 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 4903 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 4904 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4905 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 4906 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 4907 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 4908 by Roy Mongiovi. 4909 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 4910 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4911 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 4912 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 4913 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 4914 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 4915 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 4916 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 4917 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 4918 of Kyoto University. 4919 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 4920 conditions from Don Lewis. 4921 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 4922 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 4923 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 4924 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 4925 patch from Bryan Costales. 4926 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4927 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 4928 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 4929 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 4930 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 4931 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 4932 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 4933 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 4934 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 4935 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 4936 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 4937 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 4938 of Tokyo. 4939 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 4940 Services, Inc. 4941 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 4942 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 4943 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 4944 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 4945 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 4946 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 4947 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 4948 than one long one. By popular demand. 4949 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 4950 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 4951 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 4952 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 4953 of NTT Software Corporation. 4954 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 4955 NEW FILES: 4956 contrib/etrn.pl 4957 49588.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 4959 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 4960 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 4961 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 4962 best-of-security list. 4963 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 4964 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 4965 should make it clearer to people that they are running 4966 the wrong binary. 4967 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 4968 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 4969 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 4970 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 4971 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 4972 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 4973 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 4974 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 4975 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 4976 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 4977 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4978 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 4979 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 4980 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 4981 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 4982 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 4983 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 4984 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 4985 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 4986 Eric Wassenaar. 4987 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 4988 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 4989 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 4990 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 4991 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 4992 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 4993 UUNET. 4994 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 4995 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 4996 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 4997 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 4998 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 4999 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5000 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5001 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5002 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5003 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5004 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5005 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5006 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5007 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5008 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5009 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5010 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5011 University of Linkoping. 5012 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5013 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5014 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5015 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5016 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5017 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5018 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5019 other end. 5020 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5021 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5022 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5023 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5024 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5025 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5026 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5027 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5028 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5029 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5030 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5031 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5032 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5033 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5034 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5035 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5036 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5037 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5038 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5039 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5040 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5041 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5042 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5043 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5044 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5045 Earickson of Colby College. 5046 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5047 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5048 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5049 Kari Hurtta. 5050 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5051 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5052 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5053 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5054 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5055 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5056 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5057 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5058 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5059 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5060 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5061 University of Washington, Seattle. 5062 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5063 Polytechnic Institute. 5064 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 5065 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 5066 NEW FILES: 5067 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 5068 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 5069 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 5070 50718.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 5072 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 5073 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 5074 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5075 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 5076 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 5077 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 5078 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 5079 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 5080 CONFIG: no changes. 5081 50828.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 5083 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 5084 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 5085 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 5086 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 5087 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 5088 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 5089 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 5090 of WPI. 5091 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 5092 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5093 Kyoto University. 5094 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5095 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5096 on illegal host names. 5097 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5098 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5099 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5100 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5101 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5102 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5103 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5104 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5105 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5106 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5107 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5108 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5109 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5110 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5111 University of Leicester. 5112 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5113 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5114 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5115 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5116 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5117 University of Washington. 5118 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5119 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5120 people pointed this out. 5121 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5122 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5123 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5124 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5125 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5126 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5127 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5128 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5129 Softec. 5130 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5131 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5132 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5133 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5134 51358.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5136 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5137 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5138 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5139 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5140 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5141 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5142 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5143 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5144 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5145 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5146 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5147 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5148 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5149 NSC (Japan). 5150 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5151 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5152 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5153 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5154 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5155 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5156 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5157 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5158 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5159 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5160 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5161 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5162 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5163 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5164 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5165 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5166 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5167 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5168 printout. 5169 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5170 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5171 square braces. 5172 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5173 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5174 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5175 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5176 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5177 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5178 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5179 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5180 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5181 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5182 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5183 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5184 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5185 Dandelion Digital. 5186 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5187 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5188 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5189 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5190 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5191 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5192 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5193 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5194 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5195 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5196 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5197 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5198 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5199 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5200 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5201 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5202 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5203 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5204 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5205 mailers. 5206 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5207 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5208 Myers of CMU. 5209 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5210 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5211 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5212 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5213 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5214 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5215 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5216 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5217 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5218 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5219 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5220 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5221 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5222 parameter. 5223 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5224 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5225 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5226 University of Maryland. 5227 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5228 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5229 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5230 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5231 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5232 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5233 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5234 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5235 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5236 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5237 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5238 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5239 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5240 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5241 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5242 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5243 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5244 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5245 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5246 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5247 section 5.2.5. 5248 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5249 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5250 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5251 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5252 is for incoming connections only. 5253 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5254 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5255 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5256 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5257 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5258 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5259 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5260 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5261 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5262 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5263 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5264 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5265 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5266 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5267 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5268 that take a very long time to run. 5269 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5270 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5271 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5272 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5273 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5274 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5275 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5276 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5277 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5278 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5279 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5280 Costales. 5281 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5282 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5283 Technologies, Inc. 5284 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5285 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5286 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5287 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5288 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5289 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5290 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5291 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5292 different for this case. 5293 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5294 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5295 of Stanford University. 5296 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5297 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5298 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5299 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5300 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5301 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5302 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5303 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5304 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5305 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5306 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5307 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5308 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5309 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5310 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5311 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5312 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5313 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5314 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5315 Pasteur Institute. 5316 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5317 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5318 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5319 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5320 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5321 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5322 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5323 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5324 canonification. 5325 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5326 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5327 mailers. 5328 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5329 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5330 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5331 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5332 either of these in their configuration file. 5333 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5334 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5335 St. Peter's College. 5336 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5337 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5338 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5339 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5340 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5341 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5342 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5343 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5344 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5345 Costales. 5346 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5347 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5348 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5349 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5350 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5351 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5352 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5353 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5354 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5355 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5356 in rulesets. 5357 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5358 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5359 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5360 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5361 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5362 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5363 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5364 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5365 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5366 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5367 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5368 on that basis. 5369 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5370 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5371 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5372 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5373 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5374 Vixie. 5375 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5376 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5377 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5378 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5379 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5380 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5381 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5382 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5383 two characters $, +. 5384 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5385 debug_dumpstate. 5386 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5387 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5388 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5389 valid recipients. 5390 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5391 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5392 noted by Tom May. 5393 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5394 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5395 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5396 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5397 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5398 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5399 Computing Corporation. 5400 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5401 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5402 Internet Communications. 5403 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5404 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5405 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5406 of Lysator. 5407 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5408 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5409 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5410 of the University of Iceland. 5411 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5412 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5413 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5414 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5415 this change is a no-op. 5416 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5417 Costales. 5418 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5419 Bryan Costales. 5420 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5421 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5422 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5423 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5424 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5425 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5426 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5427 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5428 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5429 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5430 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5431 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5432 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5433 Jones of UUNET. 5434 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5435 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5436 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5437 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5438 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5439 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5440 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5441 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5442 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5443 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5444 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5445 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5446 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5447 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5448 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5449 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5450 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5451 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5452 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5453 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5454 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5455 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5456 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5457 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5458 of Stanford University. 5459 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5460 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5461 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5462 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5463 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5464 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5465 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5466 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5467 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5468 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5469 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5470 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5471 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5472 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5473 Motonori Nakamura. 5474 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5475 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5476 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5477 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5478 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5479 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5480 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5481 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5482 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5483 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5484 value is ".hoststat". 5485 There are also two new operation modes: 5486 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5487 connections. 5488 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5489 recent status information. 5490 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5491 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5492 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5493 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5494 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5495 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5496 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5497 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5498 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5499 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5500 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5501 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5502 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5503 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5504 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5505 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5506 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5507 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5508 Costales. 5509 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5510 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5511 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5512 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5513 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5514 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5515 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5516 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5517 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5518 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5519 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5520 Webmasters. 5521 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5522 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5523 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5524 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5525 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5526 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5527 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 5528 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 5529 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 5530 of Washington, Seattle. 5531 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 5532 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 5533 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 5534 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 5535 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 5536 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 5537 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 5538 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 5539 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 5540 Nakamura. 5541 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 5542 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 5543 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 5544 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 5545 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 5546 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 5547 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 5548 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 5549 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 5550 well constrained. 5551 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 5552 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 5553 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 5554 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 5555 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 5556 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 5557 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 5558 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 5559 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 5560 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 5561 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 5562 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 5563 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 5564 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 5565 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 5566 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 5567 Wolfhugel. 5568 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 5569 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 5570 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 5571 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 5572 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5573 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 5574 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5575 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 5576 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 5577 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 5578 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 5579 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 5580 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 5581 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 5582 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 5583 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 5584 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 5585 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 5586 National University of Singapore. 5587 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 5588 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 5589 system can't cope with. 5590 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5591 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 5592 Atlas International. 5593 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 5594 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 5595 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 5596 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 5597 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 5598 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 5599 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 5600 Bernstein and Associates. 5601 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 5602 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 5603 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 5604 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 5605 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5606 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 5607 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 5608 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 5609 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 5610 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5611 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 5612 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 5613 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 5614 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5615 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 5616 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5617 Institute. 5618 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 5619 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 5620 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 5621 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 5622 Employment Standards Administration. 5623 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 5624 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 5625 Jr. 5626 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 5627 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 5628 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 5629 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 5630 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 5631 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 5632 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 5633 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 5634 of the University of Arizona. 5635 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 5636 Vanderbilt University. 5637 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 5638 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 5639 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 5640 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5641 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 5642 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5643 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 5644 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 5645 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 5646 Foundation. 5647 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 5648 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 5649 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 5650 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 5651 Myers of CMU. 5652 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 5653 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 5654 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 5655 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 5656 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 5657 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 5658 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 5659 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 5660 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 5661 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 5662 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 5663 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 5664 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 5665 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 5666 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 5667 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 5668 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 5669 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5670 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 5671 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 5672 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 5673 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 5674 info@foo.com foo-info 5675 info@bar.com bar-info 5676 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 5677 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 5678 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 5679 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 5680 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 5681 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 5682 a great many people. 5683 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 5684 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 5685 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 5686 "fax" mailer. 5687 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 5688 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 5689 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 5690 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 5691 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 5692 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 5693 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 5694 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 5695 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 5696 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 5697 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 5698 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 5699 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 5700 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 5701 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 5702 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 5703 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 5704 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 5705 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 5706 of WPI. 5707 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 5708 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 5709 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5710 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 5711 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 5712 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 5713 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 5714 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 5715 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 5716 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5717 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 5718 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 5719 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 5720 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 5721 by Andreas Luik. 5722 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 5723 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 5724 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5725 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 5726 Wolfhugel. 5727 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 5728 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 5729 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 5730 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 5731 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 5732 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 5733 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 5734 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 5735 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 5736 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 5737 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 5738 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 5739 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 5740 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 5741 Costales. 5742 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5743 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 5744 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 5745 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 5746 NEW FILES: 5747 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 5748 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 5749 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 5750 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 5751 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 5752 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 5753 mailstats/mailstats.8 5754 praliases/praliases.8 5755 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 5756 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 5757 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 5758 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 5759 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 5760 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 5761 cf/ostype/altos.m4 5762 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 5763 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 5764 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 5765 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 5766 DELETED FILES: 5767 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 5768 contrib/xla/README 5769 contrib/xla/xla.c 5770 RENAMED FILES: 5771 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 5772 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 5773 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 5774 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 5775 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 5776 57778.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 5778 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 5779 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 5780 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 5781 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 5782 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 5783 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 5784 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 5785 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 5786 57878.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 5788 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 5789 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 5790 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 5791 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 5792 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 5793 and others. 5794 57958.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 5796 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 5797 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 5798 any user (except root). 5799 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 5800 version number is unchanged. 5801 58028.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 5803 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 5804 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 5805 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5806 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 5807 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 5808 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 5809 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 5810 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 5811 Costales. 5812 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5813 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 5814 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 5815 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 5816 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 5817 Stanford University. 5818 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 5819 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5820 58218.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 5822 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 5823 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 5824 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 5825 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 5826 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 5827 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 5828 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 5829 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 5830 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 5831 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 5832 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 5833 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 5834 by Kari Hurtta. 5835 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 5836 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 5837 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 5838 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 5839 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 5840 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 5841 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 5842 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 5843 bounces when it should have requeued. 5844 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 5845 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 5846 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 5847 John Hawkinson of Panix. 5848 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 5849 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 5850 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 5851 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 5852 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 5853 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 5854 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 5855 Infobiogen. 5856 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 5857 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 5858 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 5859 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 5860 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 5861 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 5862 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 5863 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 5864 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 5865 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5866 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 5867 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 5868 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5869 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 5870 underscores. 5871 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 5872 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 5873 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5874 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 5875 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 5876 included even if the user did not request success notification, 5877 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 5878 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 5879 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 5880 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 5881 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 5882 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 5883 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 5884 Costales of ICSI. 5885 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 5886 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 5887 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 5888 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 5889 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 5890 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 5891 Technological University. 5892 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 5893 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 5894 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 5895 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5896 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 5897 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 5898 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 5899 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 5900 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 5901 to have the database format of the alias files without the 5902 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 5903 Inc. 5904 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 5905 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 5906 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 5907 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 5908 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 5909 University. 5910 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 5911 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 5912 Association for Progressive Communications. 5913 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 5914 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 5915 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 5916 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 5917 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 5918 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 5919 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 5920 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 5921 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 5922 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 5923 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 5924 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 5925 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 5926 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 5927 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 5928 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 5929 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 5930 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 5931 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5932 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 5933 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 5934 James B. Davis of TCI. 5935 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 5936 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 5937 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 5938 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 5939 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 5940 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 5941 isn't supported on all compilers. 5942 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 5943 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 5944 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 5945 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 5946 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 5947 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 5948 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 5949 (France). 5950 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 5951 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 5952 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 5953 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 5954 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 5955 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 5956 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 5957 for different files. 5958 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 5959 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 5960 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5961 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 5962 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 5963 changes). 5964 59658.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 5966 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 5967 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 5968 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 5969 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5970 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 5971 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 5972 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 5973 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 5974 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 5975 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5976 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 5977 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 5978 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 5979 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 5980 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 5981 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 5982 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 5983 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 5984 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 5985 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 5986 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 5987 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 5988 results. This could have security implications. 5989 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 5990 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 5991 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 5992 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 5993 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 5994 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 5995 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 5996 Elz. 5997 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 5998 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 5999 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6000 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6001 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6002 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6003 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6004 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6005 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6006 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6007 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6008 domain names are your friends. 6009 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6010 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6011 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6012 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6013 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6014 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6015 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6016 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6017 of TerraNet. 6018 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6019 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6020 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6021 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6022 of WPI. 6023 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6024 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6025 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6026 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6027 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6028 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6029 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6030 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6031 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6032 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6033 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6034 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6035 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6036 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6037 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6038 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6039 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6040 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6041 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6042 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6043 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6044 Infobiogen (France). 6045 NEW FILES: 6046 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6047 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6048 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6049 60508.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6051 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6052 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6053 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6054 Global Communications. 6055 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6056 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6057 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6058 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6059 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6060 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6061 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6062 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6063 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6064 can be confusing. 6065 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 6066 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 6067 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 6068 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 6069 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 6070 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 6071 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 6072 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 6073 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 6074 Maryland. 6075 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 6076 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 6077 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 6078 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 6079 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6080 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 6081 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 6082 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 6083 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 6084 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 6085 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 6086 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6087 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 6088 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 6089 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 6090 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6091 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 6092 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6093 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6094 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6095 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6096 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6097 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6098 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6099 Swarthmore University. 6100 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6101 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6102 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6103 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6104 ruleset. 6105 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6106 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6107 -d debug flag. 6108 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6109 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6110 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6111 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6112 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6113 and the parsed address. 6114 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6115 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6116 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6117 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6118 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6119 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6120 recipients. 6121 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6122 return the result. 6123 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6124 `mapname' and return the result. 6125 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6126 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6127 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6128 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6129 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6130 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6131 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6132 that functionality. 6133 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6134 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6135 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6136 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6137 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6138 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6139 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6140 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6141 of Michigan Technological University. 6142 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6143 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6144 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6145 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6146 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6147 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6148 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6149 or not. 6150 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6151 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6152 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6153 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6154 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6155 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6156 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6157 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6158 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6159 should have minimal impact on external function. 6160 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6161 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6162 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6163 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6164 7 SevenBitInput 6165 8 EightBitMode 6166 A AliasFile 6167 a AliasWait 6168 B BlankSub 6169 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6170 C CheckpointInterval 6171 c HoldExpensive 6172 D AutoRebuildAliases 6173 d DeliveryMode 6174 E ErrorHeader 6175 e ErrorMode 6176 f SaveFromLine 6177 F TempFileMode 6178 G MatchGECOS 6179 H HelpFile 6180 h MaxHopCount 6181 i IgnoreDots 6182 I ResolverOptions 6183 J ForwardPath 6184 j SendMimeErrors 6185 k ConnectionCacheSize 6186 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6187 L LogLevel 6188 l UseErrorsTo 6189 m MeToo 6190 n CheckAliases 6191 O DaemonPortOptions 6192 o OldStyleHeaders 6193 P PostmasterCopy 6194 p PrivacyOptions 6195 Q QueueDirectory 6196 q QueueFactor 6197 R DontPruneRoutes 6198 r, T Timeout 6199 S StatusFile 6200 s SuperSafe 6201 t TimeZoneSpec 6202 u DefaultUser 6203 U UserDatabaseSpec 6204 V FallbackMXHost 6205 v Verbose 6206 w TryNullMXList 6207 x QueueLA 6208 X RefuseLA 6209 Y ForkEachJob 6210 y RecipientFactor 6211 z ClassFactor 6212 Z RetryFactor 6213 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6214 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6215 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6216 $l UnixFromLine 6217 $o OperatorChars 6218 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6219 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6220 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6221 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6222 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6223 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6224 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6225 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6226 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6227 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6228 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6229 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6230 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6231 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6232 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6233 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6234 A Addresses are aliasable. 6235 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6236 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6237 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6238 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6239 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6240 recipient mailer flags. 6241 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6242 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6243 delivery. 6244 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6245 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6246 : Check for :include: on this address. 6247 | Check for |program on this address. 6248 / Check for /file on this address. 6249 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6250 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6251 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6252 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6253 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6254 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6255 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6256 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6257 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6258 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6259 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6260 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6261 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6262 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6263 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6264 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6265 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6266 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6267 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6268 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6269 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6270 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6271 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6272 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6273 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6274 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6275 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6276 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6277 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6278 flag is ignored. 6279 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6280 the setting of F=8. 6281 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6282 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6283 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6284 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6285 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6286 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6287 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6288 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6289 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6290 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6291 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6292 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6293 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6294 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6295 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6296 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6297 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6298 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6299 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6300 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6301 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6302 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6303 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6304 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6305 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6306 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6307 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6308 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6309 Unicom. 6310 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6311 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6312 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6313 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6314 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6315 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6316 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6317 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6318 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6319 from Chip Rosenthal. 6320 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6321 For example, 6322 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6323 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6324 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6325 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6326 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6327 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6328 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6329 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6330 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6331 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6332 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6333 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6334 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6335 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6336 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6337 contribution was to make it configurable). 6338 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6339 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6340 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6341 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6342 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6343 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6344 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6345 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6346 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6347 I/O redirection. 6348 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6349 can be confusing. 6350 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6351 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6352 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6353 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6354 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6355 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6356 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6357 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6358 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6359 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6360 queue-only. 6361 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6362 :include: and .forward files. 6363 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6364 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6365 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6366 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6367 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6368 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6369 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6370 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6371 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6372 Sun Microsystems. 6373 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6374 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6375 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6376 Hutton of Indiana University. 6377 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6378 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6379 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6380 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6381 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6382 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6383 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6384 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6385 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6386 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6387 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6388 as comments. 6389 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6390 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6391 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6392 are from sysexits.h. 6393 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6394 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6395 Kmap1 ... 6396 Kmap2 ... 6397 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6398 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6399 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6400 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6401 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6402 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6403 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6404 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6405 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6406 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6407 Ksample switch hosts 6408 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6409 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6410 equivalent to 6411 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6412 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6413 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6414 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6415 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6416 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6417 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6418 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6419 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6420 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6421 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6422 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6423 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6424 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6425 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6426 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6427 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6428 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6429 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6430 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6431 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6432 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6433 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6434 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6435 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6436 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6437 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6438 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6439 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6440 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6441 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6442 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6443 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6444 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6445 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6446 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6447 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6448 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6449 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6450 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6451 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6452 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6453 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6454 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6455 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6456 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6457 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6458 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6459 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6460 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6461 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6462 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6463 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6464 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6465 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6466 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6467 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6468 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6469 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6470 much longer than the specified timeout. 6471 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6472 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6473 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6474 denial-of-service attack. 6475 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6476 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6477 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6478 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6479 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6480 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6481 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6482 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6483 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6484 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6485 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6486 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6487 actually file lookups. 6488 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6489 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6490 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6491 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6492 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6493 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6494 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6495 support for them has been removed. 6496 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6497 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6498 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6499 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6500 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6501 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6502 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6503 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6504 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6505 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6506 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6507 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6508 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6509 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6510 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6511 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6512 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6513 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6514 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6515 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6516 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6517 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6518 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6519 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6520 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6521 Microsystems. 6522 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6523 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6524 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6525 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6526 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6527 option can give the network software time to establish 6528 the link. The default units are seconds. 6529 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 6530 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 6531 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 6532 Defense Information Systems Agency. 6533 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 6534 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 6535 the National Computer Security Center. 6536 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 6537 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 6538 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 6539 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 6540 the mailprio scripts (see below). 6541 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 6542 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 6543 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 6544 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 6545 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 6546 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 6547 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 6548 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 6549 University Computing Service. 6550 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 6551 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 6552 the University of Kentucky. 6553 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 6554 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 6555 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 6556 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 6557 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 6558 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 6559 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 6560 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 6561 Corporation. 6562 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 6563 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 6564 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 6565 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 6566 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 6567 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 6568 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 6569 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 6570 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 6571 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 6572 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 6573 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 6574 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 6575 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 6576 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 6577 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 6578 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 6579 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 6580 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 6581 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 6582 Communications. 6583 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 6584 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 6585 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 6586 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 6587 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 6588 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 6589 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 6590 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 6591 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 6592 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 6593 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 6594 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6595 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 6596 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 6597 on values: 6598 None Leave the message as is. The 6599 message will be passed on even 6600 though it is in technically 6601 illegal syntax. 6602 Add-To Add a To: header with any 6603 recipients that it can find from 6604 the envelope. This risks exposing 6605 Bcc: recipients. 6606 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 6607 has almost no redeeming social value, 6608 and is provided only for back 6609 compatibility. 6610 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 6611 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 6612 which will have the effect of 6613 making the message legal without 6614 exposing Bcc: recipients. 6615 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 6616 There is a chance that mailers down 6617 the line will delete this header, 6618 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 6619 recipients. 6620 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 6621 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 6622 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 6623 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 6624 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 6625 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 6626 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 6627 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 6628 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 6629 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 6630 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 6631 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 6632 For example, if you run with 6633 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 6634 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 6635 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 6636 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 6637 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 6638 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 6639 entries. For example, given the aliases: 6640 list: member1 6641 list: member2 6642 and an alias file declared as: 6643 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 6644 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 6645 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 6646 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6647 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 6648 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 6649 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 6650 Johannesen. 6651 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 6652 to be simpler and more consistent. 6653 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 6654 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 6655 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 6656 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6657 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 6658 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 6659 This may affect some people who have written their own 6660 checkcompat() routine. 6661 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 6662 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 6663 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 6664 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 6665 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 6666 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 6667 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 6668 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 6669 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 6670 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 6671 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 6672 Corporation. 6673 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 6674 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 6675 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 6676 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 6677 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 6678 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 6679 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 6680 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 6681 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 6682 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 6683 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 6684 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 6685 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 6686 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 6687 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 6688 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 6689 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 6690 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 6691 the header. 6692 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6693 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 6694 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 6695 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 6696 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 6697 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 6698 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 6699 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 6700 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 6701 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 6702 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 6703 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 6704 is added between the first and second word of the first 6705 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 6706 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 6707 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 6708 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 6709 old sendmails understand. 6710 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 6711 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 6712 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 6713 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 6714 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 6715 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 6716 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 6717 data -- for example, 6718 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 6719 (romanized/less information) 6720 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 6721 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 6722 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 6723 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 6724 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 6725 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 6726 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 6727 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 6728 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 6729 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 6730 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 6731 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 6732 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 6733 Eric Prestemon of American University. 6734 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 6735 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 6736 increment on the background value). 6737 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 6738 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 6739 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6740 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 6741 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 6742 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 6743 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 6744 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 6745 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 6746 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 6747 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 6748 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 6749 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 6750 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 6751 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 6752 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 6753 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 6754 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 6755 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 6756 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 6757 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 6758 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 6759 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 6760 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 6761 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 6762 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 6763 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 6764 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 6765 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 6766 service type is "files". 6767 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 6768 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 6769 into class "c". 6770 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 6771 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 6772 contributed by SunSoft. 6773 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 6774 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 6775 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 6776 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 6777 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 6778 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 6779 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 6780 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 6781 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 6782 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 6783 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 6784 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 6785 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 6786 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6787 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 6788 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 6789 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 6790 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 6791 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 6792 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 6793 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 6794 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 6795 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 6796 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 6797 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 6798 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6799 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 6800 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 6801 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 6802 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 6803 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 6804 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 6805 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 6806 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 6807 flags. 6808 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 6809 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 6810 Motonori Nakamura. 6811 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 6812 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 6813 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 6814 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 6815 of MIT. 6816 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 6817 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 6818 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 6819 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 6820 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 6821 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 6822 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 6823 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 6824 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 6825 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 6826 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 6827 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 6828 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 6829 the make. 6830 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 6831 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 6832 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 6833 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 6834 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 6835 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 6836 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 6837 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 6838 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 6839 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 6840 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 6841 of Sun Microsystems. 6842 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 6843 is at least 50% faster. 6844 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 6845 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 6846 University. 6847 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 6848 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6849 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 6850 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 6851 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 6852 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 6853 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 6854 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 6855 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 6856 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 6857 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 6858 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 6859 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 6860 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 6861 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 6862 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 6863 Carnegie Mellon. 6864 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 6865 support. 6866 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 6867 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 6868 Global Information Solutions. 6869 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 6870 From Motonori Nakamura. 6871 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 6872 Motonori Nakamura. 6873 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 6874 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 6875 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 6876 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 6877 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 6878 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 6879 James of British Telecom. 6880 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 6881 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 6882 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 6883 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 6884 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 6885 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 6886 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 6887 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 6888 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 6889 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 6890 a bad guy can read your private files. 6891 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6892 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 6893 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 6894 University. This expands the disk size 6895 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 6896 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 6897 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 6898 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 6899 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 6900 Linux Makefile typo. 6901 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 6902 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 6903 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 6904 University, Chico. 6905 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 6906 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 6907 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 6908 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 6909 This requires adaptation of code that really 6910 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 6911 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 6912 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 6913 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 6914 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 6915 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 6916 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 6917 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 6918 problems. 6919 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 6920 match all the other configuration files. Fix 6921 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 6922 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 6923 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 6924 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 6925 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 6926 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 6927 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 6928 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 6929 Wemm of DIALix. 6930 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 6931 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 6932 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 6933 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 6934 of Ohio State University. 6935 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 6936 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 6937 University. 6938 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 6939 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 6940 Mainz. 6941 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 6942 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 6943 wrong statfs call). 6944 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 6945 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 6946 University. 6947 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 6948 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 6949 Rochester Medical Center. 6950 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 6951 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 6952 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 6953 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 6954 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 6955 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 6956 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 6957 Division. 6958 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 6959 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 6960 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 6961 Durand of I.M.A.G. 6962 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 6963 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 6964 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 6965 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 6966 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 6967 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 6968 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6969 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 6970 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 6971 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 6972 of Meteo France. 6973 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 6974 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 6975 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 6976 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 6977 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 6978 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 6979 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 6980 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 6981 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 6982 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 6983 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 6984 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 6985 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 6986 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 6987 of Colorado. 6988 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 6989 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 6990 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 6991 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 6992 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 6993 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 6994 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 6995 on the file, but it should be quite small. 6996 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 6997 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 6998 giving the local administrator more control over what 6999 programs can be run from sendmail. 7000 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7001 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7002 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7003 never will. 7004 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7005 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7006 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7007 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7008 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7009 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7010 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7011 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7012 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7013 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7014 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7015 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7016 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7017 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7018 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7019 or 7020 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7021 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7022 can use: 7023 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7024 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7025 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7026 compatibility. 7027 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7028 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7029 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7030 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7031 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7032 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7033 County. 7034 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7035 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7036 just unqualified ones. 7037 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7038 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7039 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7040 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7041 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7042 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7043 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7044 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7045 centralized hub. 7046 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7047 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7048 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7049 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7050 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7051 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7052 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7053 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7054 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7055 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7056 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7057 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7058 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7059 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7060 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7061 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7062 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7063 but it is a no-op. 7064 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 7065 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 7066 as User Unknown. 7067 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 7068 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 7069 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 7070 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 7071 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 7072 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 7073 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 7074 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 7075 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 7076 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 7077 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7078 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 7079 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 7080 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7081 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 7082 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 7083 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 7084 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 7085 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 7086 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 7087 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 7088 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 7089 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 7090 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 7091 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 7092 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7093 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7094 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7095 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7096 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7097 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7098 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7099 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7100 assumed. 7101 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7102 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7103 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7104 Information Systems Agency. 7105 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7106 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7107 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7108 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7109 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7110 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7111 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7112 that really can be used in the real world. 7113 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7114 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7115 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7116 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7117 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7118 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7119 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7120 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7121 by Scott Hutton. 7122 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7123 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7124 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7125 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7126 people. 7127 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7128 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7129 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7130 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7131 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7132 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7133 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7134 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7135 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7136 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7137 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7138 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7139 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7140 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7141 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7142 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7143 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7144 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7145 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7146 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7147 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7148 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7149 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7150 by Kimmo Suominen. 7151 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7152 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7153 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7154 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7155 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7156 NEW FILES: 7157 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7158 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7159 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7160 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7161 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7162 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7163 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7164 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7165 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7166 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7167 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7168 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7169 cf/domain/generic.m4 7170 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7171 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7172 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7173 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7174 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7175 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7176 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7177 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7178 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7179 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7180 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7181 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7182 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7183 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7184 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7185 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7186 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7187 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7188 contrib/bsdi.mc 7189 contrib/mailprio 7190 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7191 mail.local/mail.local.0 7192 makemap/makemap.0 7193 smrsh/README 7194 smrsh/smrsh.0 7195 smrsh/smrsh.8 7196 smrsh/smrsh.c 7197 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7198 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7199 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7200 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7201 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7202 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7203 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7204 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7205 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7206 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7207 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7208 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7209 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7210 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7211 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7212 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7213 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7214 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7215 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7216 src/aliases.0 7217 src/mailq.0 7218 src/mime.c 7219 src/newaliases.0 7220 src/sendmail.0 7221 test/t_seteuid.c 7222 RENAMED FILES: 7223 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7224 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7225 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7226 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7227 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7228 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7229 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7230 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7231 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7232 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7233 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7234 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7235 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7236 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7237 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7238 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7239 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7240 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7241 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7242 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7243 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7244 OBSOLETED FILES: 7245 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7246 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7247 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7248 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7249 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7250 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7251 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7252 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7253 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7254 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7255 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7256 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7258 72598.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7260 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7261 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7262 any user (except root). 7263 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7264 version number is unchanged. 7265 72668.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7267 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7268 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7269 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7270 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7271 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7272 each other!). 7273 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7274 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7275 than fork(). 7276 72778.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7278 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7279 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7280 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7281 message when attempted from IDENT. 7282 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7283 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7284 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7285 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7286 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7287 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7288 partial lines. 7289 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7290 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7291 Rob McMahon. 7292 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7293 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7294 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7295 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7296 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7297 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7298 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7299 Novell Labs Europe. 7300 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7301 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7302 Cal State Chico. 7303 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7304 *Hobbit*. 7305 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7306 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7307 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7308 from Spider Boardman. 7309 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7310 with the binaries). 7311 73128.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7313 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7314 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7315 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7316 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7317 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7318 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7319 implications. 7320 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7321 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7322 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7323 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7324 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7325 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7326 University of Texas. 7327 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7328 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7329 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7330 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7331 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7332 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7333 Data General. 7334 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7335 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7336 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7337 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7338 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7339 with a lot of arguments). 7340 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7341 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7342 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7343 Michigan. 7344 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7345 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7346 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7347 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7348 Thibault. 7349 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7350 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7351 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7352 some of the map code. 7353 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7354 with the binaries). 7355 73568.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7357 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7358 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7359 may have some security implications. 7360 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7361 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7362 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7363 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7364 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7365 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7366 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7367 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7368 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7369 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7370 option. 7371 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7372 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7373 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7374 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7375 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7376 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7377 Rochester. 7378 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7379 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7380 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7381 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7382 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7383 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7384 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7385 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7386 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7387 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7388 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7389 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7390 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7391 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7392 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7393 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7394 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7395 messages. 7396 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7397 message to explain how much space was available and 7398 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7399 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7400 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7401 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7402 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7403 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7404 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7405 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7406 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7407 Kapor Enterprises. 7408 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7409 without recompiling. 7410 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7411 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7412 purely cosmetic. 7413 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7414 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7415 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7416 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7417 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7418 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7419 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7420 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7421 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7422 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7423 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7424 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7425 Wolfhugel. 7426 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7427 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7428 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7429 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7430 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7431 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7432 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7433 size around and can never start listening to connections 7434 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7435 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7436 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7437 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7438 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7439 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7440 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7441 implications. 7442 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7443 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7444 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7445 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7446 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7447 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7448 doc directory. This includes some additional 7449 information. 7450 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7451 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7452 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7453 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7454 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7455 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7456 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7457 Portability fixes: 7458 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7459 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7460 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7461 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7462 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7463 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7464 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7465 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7466 Corporation. 7467 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7468 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7469 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7470 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7471 New Files: 7472 src/Makefile.CLIX 7473 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7474 doc/changes/Makefile 7475 doc/changes/changes.me 7476 doc/changes/changes.ps 7477 74788.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7479 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7480 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7481 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7482 74838.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7484 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7485 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7486 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7487 list. 7488 74898.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7490 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7491 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7492 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7493 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7494 valid shell. 7495 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7496 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7497 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7498 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7499 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7500 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7501 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7502 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7503 from a local user to another local user. From 7504 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7505 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7506 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7507 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7508 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7509 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7510 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7511 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7512 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7513 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7514 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7515 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7516 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7517 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7518 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7519 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7520 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7521 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7522 BSD-like system. 7523 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7524 protocol entirely. 7525 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7526 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7527 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 7528 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 7529 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 7530 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 7531 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 7532 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 7533 files. 7534 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 7535 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 7536 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 7537 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 7538 of CMU. 7539 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 7540 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 7541 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 7542 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 7543 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 7544 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 7545 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 7546 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 7547 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 7548 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 7549 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 7550 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 7551 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 7552 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 7553 security implications. Suggested by several people. 7554 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 7555 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 7556 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 7557 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 7558 Motonori Nakamura. 7559 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 7560 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 7561 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 7562 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 7563 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 7564 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 7565 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7566 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 7567 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 7568 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 7569 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 7570 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 7571 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 7572 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 7573 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 7574 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 7575 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 7576 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 7577 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 7578 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 7579 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7580 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 7581 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 7582 didn't see the class items being added. 7583 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 7584 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 7585 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 7586 Rutgers. 7587 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 7588 but sets h_errno to a success value. 7589 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 7590 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 7591 address specified in the P option). This fix should 7592 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 7593 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 7594 the problem myself. 7595 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 7596 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 7597 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 7598 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 7599 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 7600 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 7601 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 7602 UUNET. 7603 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 7604 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 7605 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 7606 John Oleynick. 7607 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 7608 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 7609 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 7610 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 7611 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 7612 Nakamura. 7613 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 7614 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 7615 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 7616 University of Washington. 7617 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 7618 don't have an ``=value'' part. 7619 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 7620 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 7621 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 7622 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 7623 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 7624 of Cambridge University. 7625 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 7626 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 7627 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 7628 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 7629 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 7630 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 7631 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 7632 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 7633 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 7634 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 7635 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 7636 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 7637 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 7638 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 7639 a chance. 7640 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 7641 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 7642 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 7643 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 7644 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 7645 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 7646 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 7647 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 7648 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 7649 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 7650 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 7651 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 7652 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 7653 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 7654 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 7655 size for various mailers. 7656 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 7657 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 7658 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7659 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 7660 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 7661 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 7662 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 7663 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 7664 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 7665 system. 7666 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 7667 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 7668 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 7669 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 7670 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 7671 Michel of Thomson CSF. 7672 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 7673 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 7674 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 7675 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 7676 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 7677 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 7678 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 7679 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 7680 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 7681 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 7682 University of Sydney. 7683 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 7684 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 7685 This is because of the known bug where definition of 7686 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 7687 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 7688 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 7689 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 7690 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 7691 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 7692 Suominen. 7693 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 7694 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 7695 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 7696 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 7697 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 7698 Suominen. 7699 Portability fixes: 7700 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 7701 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7702 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 7703 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 7704 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 7705 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7706 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 7707 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 7708 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 7709 NEW FILES: 7710 src/Makefile.DomainOS 7711 src/Makefile.PTX 7712 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 7713 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 7714 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7715 src/mailq.1 7716 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 7717 doc/op/Makefile 7718 doc/intro/Makefile 7719 doc/usenix/Makefile 7720 77218.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 7722 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 7723 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 7724 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 7725 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 7726 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 7727 permissions they should not have had (usually group 7728 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 7729 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 7730 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 7731 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 7732 Although this does not respond to a specific known 7733 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 7734 Christian Wettergren. 7735 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 7736 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 7737 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 7738 program by putting that in their .forward file. 7739 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 7740 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 7741 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 7742 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 7743 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 7744 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 7745 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 7746 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 7747 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 7748 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 7749 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 7750 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 7751 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 7752 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 7753 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 7754 connection to create problems on the current job. 7755 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 7756 the wrong place. 7757 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 7758 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 7759 problem that ignored the load average in locally 7760 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 7761 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 7762 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 7763 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 7764 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 7765 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 7766 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 7767 when sending error messages. This resulted in 7768 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 7769 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 7770 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 7771 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 7772 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 7773 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 7774 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 7775 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 7776 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 7777 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 7778 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 7779 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 7780 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 7781 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 7782 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 7783 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 7784 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 7785 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 7786 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 7787 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 7788 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 7789 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 7790 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 7791 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 7792 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 7793 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 7794 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 7795 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 7796 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 7797 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 7798 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 7799 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 7800 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 7801 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 7802 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 7803 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 7804 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 7805 dot convention. 7806 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 7807 of from a clean exit. 7808 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 7809 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 7810 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 7811 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 7812 as the subject of an error message, even though the 7813 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 7814 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 7815 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 7816 Jones of UUNET. 7817 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 7818 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 7819 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 7820 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 7821 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 7822 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 7823 says that they should be ignored. 7824 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 7825 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 7826 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 7827 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 7828 is not reentrant. 7829 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 7830 documented in the Bat Book. 7831 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 7832 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 7833 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 7834 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 7835 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 7836 code during some parts of connection initialization. 7837 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 7838 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 7839 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 7840 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 7841 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7842 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 7843 of Kyoto University. 7844 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 7845 From P{r Emanuelsson. 7846 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 7847 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 7848 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 7849 Bryan Costales. 7850 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 7851 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 7852 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 7853 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 7854 Nakamura. 7855 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 7856 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 7857 illegal addresses appearing there). 7858 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 7859 BB&N. 7860 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 7861 included. 7862 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 7863 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 7864 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 7865 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 7866 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 7867 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 7868 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 7869 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 7870 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 7871 by the other end closing the connection. From 7872 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 7873 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 7874 to include a host name or other useful information. 7875 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 7876 DeMarco. 7877 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 7878 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 7879 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 7880 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 7881 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 7882 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 7883 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 7884 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 7885 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 7886 this properly). 7887 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 7888 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 7889 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 7890 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 7891 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 7892 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 7893 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 7894 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 7895 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 7896 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 7897 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 7898 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 7899 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 7900 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 7901 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 7902 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 7903 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 7904 of the Institute for Global Communications. 7905 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 7906 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 7907 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 7908 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 7909 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 7910 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 7911 Portability fixes for: 7912 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 7913 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 7914 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 7915 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 7916 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 7917 of Stoner Associates. 7918 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 7919 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 7920 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 7921 of Maryland. 7922 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 7923 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7924 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 7925 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 7926 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 7927 RISC/os. 7928 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 7929 at Chico. 7930 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 7931 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 7932 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 7933 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 7934 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 7935 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 7936 since this is intended only for internal use, the 7937 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 7938 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 7939 addresses when relaying internally. 7940 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 7941 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 7942 provided by Peter Wemm. 7943 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 7944 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 7945 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 7946 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 7947 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 7948 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 7949 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 7950 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 7951 names. 7952 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 7953 rather than letting them get "local configuration 7954 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 7955 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 7956 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 7957 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 7958 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 7959 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 7960 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 7961 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 7962 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 7963 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 7964 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 7965 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 7966 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 7967 of Georgia Tech. 7968 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 7969 Jim Murray of Stratus. 7970 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 7971 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 7972 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 7973 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 7974 the local name prepended. 7975 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 7976 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 7977 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 7978 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 7979 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 7980 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 7981 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 7982 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 7983 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 7984 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 7985 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 7986 :include: files and accounts that have shells 7987 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 7988 cause some .forward files that have worked 7989 before to start failing. 7990 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 7991 NEW FILES: 7992 src/Makefile.DGUX 7993 src/Makefile.Dynix 7994 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 7995 src/Makefile.Mach386 7996 src/Makefile.NetBSD 7997 src/Makefile.RISCos 7998 src/Makefile.SCO 7999 src/Makefile.SVR4 8000 src/Makefile.Titan 8001 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8002 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8003 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8004 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8005 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8006 makemap/Makefile.dist 8007 praliases/Makefile.dist 8008 80098.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8010 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8011 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8012 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8013 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8014 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8015 class of attack. 8016 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8017 in a few critical places. 8018 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8019 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8020 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8021 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8022 and High-Energy Physics. 8023 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8024 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8025 Eric Wassenaar. 8026 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8027 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8028 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8029 Wassenaar. 8030 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8031 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8032 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8033 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8034 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8035 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8036 these can have different values depending on which 8037 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8038 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8039 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8040 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8041 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8042 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8043 postmaster" case. 8044 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8045 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8046 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8047 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8048 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8049 Christopher Davis. 8050 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8051 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8052 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8053 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8054 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8055 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8056 80578.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8058 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8059 addresses that get return-receipts. 8060 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8061 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8062 and end up sending the message several times. 8063 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8064 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 8065 four hours". 8066 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 8067 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 8068 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 8069 Cornell University Medical College. 8070 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 8071 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 8072 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 8073 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 8074 Wassenaar. 8075 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 8076 connections fail during message collection. From 8077 Eric Wassenaar. 8078 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 8079 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 8080 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 8081 Stratus. 8082 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 8083 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 8084 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8085 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 8086 by non-root users were not put into 8087 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 8088 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 8089 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 8090 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 8091 could get confused as to whether a database was 8092 open or not. 8093 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8094 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8095 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8096 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8097 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8098 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8099 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8100 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8101 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8102 81038.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8104 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8105 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8106 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8107 propagated to the queue file. 8108 81098.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8110 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8111 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8112 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8113 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8114 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8115 header files but don't have the syscall. 8116 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8117 if trymx == FALSE. 8118 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8119 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8120 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8121 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8122 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8123 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8124 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8125 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8126 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8127 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8128 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8129 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8130 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8131 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8132 Kanbe. 8133 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8134 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8135 Wisner of The Well. 8136 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8137 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8138 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8139 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8140 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8141 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8142 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8143 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8144 read permission. 8145 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8146 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8147 MX suppression will still work. 8148 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8149 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8150 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8151 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8152 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8153 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8154 Nakamura. 8155 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8156 "CX $Z" works. 8157 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8158 trying to send the original message if the connection 8159 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8160 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8161 by John Myers of CMU. 8162 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8163 term bug. 8164 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8165 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8166 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8167 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8168 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8169 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8170 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8171 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8172 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8173 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8174 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8175 level. 8176 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8177 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8178 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8179 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8180 address. 8181 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8182 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8183 Harvey Mudd College. 8184 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8185 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8186 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8187 their full name information. 8188 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8189 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8190 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8191 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8192 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8193 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8194 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8195 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8196 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8197 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8198 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8199 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8200 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8201 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8202 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8203 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8204 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8205 names. 8206 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8207 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8208 helpful. 8209 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8210 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8211 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8212 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8213 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8214 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8215 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8216 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8217 that claims to be itself works properly. 8218 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8219 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8220 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8221 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8222 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8223 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8224 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8225 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8226 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8227 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8228 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8229 scratch. 8230 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8231 true address to still send to the original address 8232 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8233 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8234 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8235 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8236 more trouble than it was worth. 8237 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8238 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8239 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8240 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8241 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8242 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8243 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8244 the queue. 8245 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8246 messages don't come out with stale information. 8247 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8248 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8249 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8250 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8251 Myers of CMU. 8252 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8253 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8254 Corrigan. 8255 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8256 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8257 sender address. 8258 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8259 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8260 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8261 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8262 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8263 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8264 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8265 that does bulk data transfer). 8266 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8267 Amir Plivatsky. 8268 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8269 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8270 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8271 bogus config files that were not caught. 8272 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8273 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8274 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8275 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8276 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8277 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8278 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8279 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8280 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8281 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8282 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8283 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8284 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8285 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8286 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8287 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8288 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8289 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8290 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8291 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8292 Melbourne. 8293 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8294 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8295 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8296 to match regular entries. 8297 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8298 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8299 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8300 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8301 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8302 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8303 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8304 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8305 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8306 messages is the best possible. 8307 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8308 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8309 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8310 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8311 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8312 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8313 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8314 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8315 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8316 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8317 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8318 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8319 on the address. 8320 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8321 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8322 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8323 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8324 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8325 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8326 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8327 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8328 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8329 addresses in any detail. 8330 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8331 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8332 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8333 with an address such as "!foo". 8334 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8335 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8336 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8337 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8338 Bret Marquis. 8339 83408.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8341 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8342 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8343 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8344 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8345 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8346 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8347 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8348 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8349 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8350 Nakamura. 8351 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8352 are no DNS records matching the name. 8353 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8354 original message was received ... from localhost". 8355 The correct original host information is now included. 8356 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8357 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8358 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8359 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8360 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8361 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8362 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8363 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8364 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8365 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8366 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8367 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8368 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8369 83708.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8371 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8372 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8373 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8374 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8375 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8376 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8377 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8378 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8379 are really configuration errors. This option is 8380 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8381 UIUC sendmail. 8382 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8383 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8384 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8385 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8386 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8387 by Neil Rickert. 8388 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8389 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8390 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8391 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8392 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8393 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8394 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8395 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8396 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8397 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8398 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8399 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8400 humans. 8401 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8402 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8403 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8404 repaired). 8405 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8406 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8407 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8408 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8409 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8410 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8411 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8412 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8413 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8414 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8415 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8416 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8417 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8418 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8419 core dumps on some machines. 8420 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8421 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8422 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8423 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8424 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8425 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8426 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8427 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8428 some true error conditions. 8429 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8430 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8431 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8432 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8433 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8434 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8435 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8436 by Motonori Nakamura. 8437 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8438 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8439 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8440 a queue run than a direct run. 8441 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8442 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8443 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8444 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8445 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8446 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8447 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8448 restart it. 8449 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8450 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8451 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8452 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8453 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8454 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8455 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8456 is appropriately functional. 8457 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8458 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8459 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8460 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8461 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8462 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8463 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8464 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8465 Technologies. 8466 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8467 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8468 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8469 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8470 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8471 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8472 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8473 things. 8474 Portability changes: 8475 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8476 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8477 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8478 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8479 of Colorado. 8480 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8481 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8482 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8483 Corporation. 8484 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8485 documentation apparently doesn't define 8486 __STDC__ by default). 8487 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8488 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8489 Motonori Nakamura. 8490 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8491 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8492 several people have made a good argument that this 8493 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8494 may prove painful in the short run). 8495 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8496 format. 8497 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8498 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8499 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8500 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8501 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8502 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8503 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8504 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8505 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8506 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8507 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8508 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8509 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8510 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8511 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8512 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8513 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8514 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8515 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8516 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8517 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8518 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8519 environments. Ugly as sin. 8520 85218.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8522 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8523 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8524 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8525 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8526 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8527 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 8528 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 8529 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 8530 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 8531 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 8532 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 8533 "user friendly". 8534 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 8535 16 bytes/sec. 8536 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 8537 compatibility library. This also adds a new 8538 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 8539 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 8540 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 8541 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 8542 for quick test cases. 8543 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 8544 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 8545 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 8546 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 8547 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 8548 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 8549 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 8550 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 8551 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 8552 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 8553 From Michael Corrigan. 8554 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 8555 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 8556 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8557 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 8558 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 8559 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 8560 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 8561 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 8562 Christophe Wolfhugel. 8563 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 8564 85658.2/8.2 1993/07/11 8566 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 8567 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 8568 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 8569 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 8570 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 8571 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 8572 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 8573 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 8574 from Bill Wisner. 8575 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 8576 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 8577 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 8578 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 8579 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 8580 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 8581 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 8582 match the other flags in that file. 8583 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 8584 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 8585 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 8586 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 8587 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 8588 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 8589 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 8590 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 8591 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 8592 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 8593 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 8594 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 8595 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 8596 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8597 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 8598 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 8599 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 8600 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 8601 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 8602 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 8603 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 8604 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 8605 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 8606 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 8607 the root and directories leading up to your home); 8608 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 8609 be owned by you. 8610 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 8611 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 8612 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 8613 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 8614 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 8615 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 8616 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 8617 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 8618 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 8619 is separate; this is just intended to work around 8620 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 8621 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 8622 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 8623 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 8624 matching without a null it never tries again with a 8625 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 8626 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 8627 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 8628 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 8629 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 8630 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 8631 it adapts. 8632 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 8633 will insert the appropriate full name information; 8634 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 8635 way. 8636 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 8637 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 8638 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 8639 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 8640 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 8641 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 8642 only happen when there has been another error in the 8643 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 8644 by default in conf.h. 8645 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 8646 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 8647 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 8648 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 8649 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 8650 This output is not intended to be particularly human 8651 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 8652 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 8653 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 8654 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 8655 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 8656 See cf/README for an example. 8657 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 8658 sites that don't use the -d flag. 8659 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 8660 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 8661 has been requested by several people, but can break 8662 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 8663 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 8664 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 8665 broken. Use it sparingly. 8666 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 8667 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 8668 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 8669 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 8670 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 8671 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 8672 Bill Wisner of The Well. 8673 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 8674 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 8675 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 8676 86778.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 8678 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 8679 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 8680 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 8681 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 8682 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 8683 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 8684 86858.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 8686 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 8687 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 8688 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 8689 86908.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 8691 Another mailertable fix.... 8692 86938.1/8.1 1993/06/07 8694 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 8695